КТП 8 класс
Оценка 4.7

КТП 8 класс

Оценка 4.7
Разработки уроков
docx
английский язык
8 кл
23.09.2019
КТП 8 класс
КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс. КТП 8 класс.
English Plus 8 Lesson plan.docx

Short term plan 1

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and language focus: Everyday objects

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics.

8.UE2  use a growing variety of quantifiers for countable and uncountable nouns including several, plenty, a large/small number/amount on a range of familiar general and curricular topics.

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·         Pronounce and name everyday objects, numbers.

·         Recognize and use expressions of quantity.

Most learners will be able to:

·         Answer the questions about human consumers.

·         Do exercises with expressions of quantity.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Speak fluently about quantities of things people use.

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

Previous learning

Previously learned vocabulary on the topic "Everyday objects".

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Accept the diversity of the things that people use, eat and drink among the students of the group as well as all over the world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.8. Answering questions.

1. What items do you use every day?

2. How can people create less rubbish? (People can create less rubbish by recycling more and buying items with less packaging.)

3. Do you think it's important to protect the environment? Why? (Yes, so that future generations can enjoy the planet.)

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.8. Word and picture matching activity.

Answers:

1) a can of fizzy drink

2) a bottle of shampoo

3) a roll of toilet paper

4) a box of washing powder

5) a packet of crisps

6) a bag of apples

7) a bar of chocolate

8) a jar of coffee

9) a tube of toothpaste

10) a carton of juice

 

Ex.2 p.8. Brainstorming.

Ex.3 p.8. Recognizing vocabulary.

Completing questionnaire.

 

Ex.4 p.8. Comparing answers.

Answers:

1) 628; 1.700

2) 4.8; 9.8

3) 198; 656

4) 

 

Ex.5 p.8. Table completion.

Answers:

1) uncountable

2) countable

d) countable

4) uncountable

5) uncountable

6) uncountable, countable, uncountable

7) countable, uncountable

8) countable, uncountable

Uncountable nouns:

2) much

3) a lot of

4) some

Countable nouns:

1) not many

5) not any

Ex.6 p.8. Ticking off items.

Answers:

1) much

2) many

3) some

4) much

5) any

6) any

Ex.7 p.8. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) Do you eat much pasta each week? How much?

2) Do you walk many konometers every month? How many?

3) Are there many books in the school library? How many?

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

CD

4) Do you use a lot of toothpaste each year? How much?

5) Do you drink much milk every week? How much?

6) Do you say many words every day? How much?

 

Extra task. Writing practice.

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.8.

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.   Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

2. Apply the correct quantifiers including much, many, a lot of, some, any for countable and uncountable nouns in the context.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about quantities of things people use;

·    completes the task with proper quantifiers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 2

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Reading: The 'no impact' family.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C9 use imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings.

8.S3 give an opinion at discourse level on a wide range of general and curricular topics.

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of the text about a family that wants to reduce its impact on the environment.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Synthesize information from the reading passage for a discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about an alternative lifestyle using own words.

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

 

Previous learning

Everyday objects vocabulary, numbers, expression of quantity.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Perception of different global problems, such as impact on the environment, in learners' own country and around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.10. Prediction based on the title, pictures.

True/false statements.

Answers:

1) True

2) False

3) True

4) True

5) False

6) True

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.10. Text completion.

Answers:

1) b

2) e

3) c

4) a

Ex.3 p.10. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1) shopping

2) bed

3) washes

More compound nouns in the text:

Toilet paper, dishwasher, light bulb, bathroom, shampoo bottles, toothpaste, second-hand things, plastic bags, takeaway food, plastic cub, plastic pots, lifestyle.

Ex.4 p.10. Gap-filling.

Answers:

1) ice

2) birthday

3) shopping

4) washing

5) kitchen

6) chicken

Ex.5 p.10. Discussion task.

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.12.

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Convey opinions, notion, experiences and feelings creatively.

2.      Provide a point of view in conversations and discussions.

3.      Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings.

·    presents his/her information to the class.

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 3

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Language focus: Relative pronouns.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others.

8.UE6  use a variety of pronouns including  indefinite pronouns anybody, anyone, anything and quantitative pronouns everyone, everything, none, more, less, a few on a range of familiar general and curricular topics.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the difference between the sentences with who, where, why and which.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Produce the sentences with who, where, why and which.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply the sentences with who, where, why and which fluently.

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

 

Previous learning

Learning some subject-specific vocabulary and reading about an alternative lifestyle.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Be aware of global problems as global citizens.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.11. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) who

2) where

3) which

4) why

Rules

1) people

2) places

3) things

4) reasons

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.11. Substitution drill (Blank-filling).

Answers:

1) which

2) where

3) which

4) where

5) which

6) who

7) why

Ex.3 p.11. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) where

2) which

3) who

4) which

5) who

6) which

Ex.4 p.11. Creative exercise.

 

Extra task. Creative exercise.

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.9.

Self-assessment.

Картинки по запросу handFive”. Children draw a picture of their hand and write the most important things about the lesson on each finger. The thumb - something interesting, the index finger - something difficult, the middle one - something that was not enough, the ring finger - the mood, the little finger - the suggestions.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.    Differentiate between relative pronouns including who, which, where, why.

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      presents information clearly.

·      completes sentences with reflexive pronouns.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

Short term plan 4

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: Pollution and the environment.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C2 use speaking and listening skills to provide sensitive feedback to peers.

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics.

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Recognize and use vocabulary relating to the environment.

·         Identify the meaning of the programme about an environmental problems.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Use speaking and listening skills to solve problems cooperatively.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Discuss and give their opinions using own words.

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

 

Previous learning

Relative pronouns.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Be aware of global problems as global citizens.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Brainstorming.

·     What things do you already do to help the environment?

·     What other things can people do to help the environment?

·     Can the individual make a big difference?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.12. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries.

Answers:

1) throw away

2) reuse

3) recycle

4) destroy

5) burn

6) poisons

7) bury

Ex.2 p.12. Pair work. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.3 p.12. Identifying the topic. Using pictures related to the text for prediction.

Sequencing events.

Answers:

b, d, a, c

Ex.4 p.12. Answering true/false questions.

Answers:

1) False. The speaker is the presenter of SOS Environment.

2) True.

3) False. She was shocked when she saw how many creatures, were dying because of all the plastic in the sea.

4) True.

5) False. None of the shops give plastic bags.

6) True.

Ex.5 p.12. Listening for specific information.

Ticking off items.

Answers:

Cardboard boxes, plastic bags, washing powder, paper bags, plastic sandwich boxes.

Ex.6 p.12. Speaking in a form of discussion.

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

CD

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.10.

Self-reflection.

"Message". Pupils write 11 words of the greatest importance for the topic of the lesson.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Give feedback to others orally.

2.    Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

3.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      gives constructive feedback to classmate.

·      identifies sentences as True and False.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 6

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Language focus: Relative pronouns.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others.

8.UE12  use an increased variety of pre-verbal, post-verbal and end-position adverbs  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Differentiate the sentences with too, too much, too many, enough, not enough.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Produce the sentences with too, too much, too many, enough, not enough.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply the sentences with too, too much, too many, enough, not enough fluently.

 

Value links

Healthy lifestyle.

 

Cross curricular links

Medicine, Dietology.

 

Previous learning

Listening to a programme about environmental problems.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Development of the ability to understand different cultural contexts and viewpoints expressed while speaking.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.13. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) uncountable nouns

2) countable nouns

3) adjectives

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.13. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) too

2) too much

3) too many

4) too much

5) too many

6) too

7) too many, too much

Ex.3 p.13. Recognition exercise.

Ex.4 p.13. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) Is this pizza big enough? Yes, it's big enough.

2) Are there enough apples? There are too many apples.

3) Have we got enough drinks? No, we haven't got enough drinks.

4) Is this soup hot enough? No, it's cold.

5) Have we got enough sandwiches? Yes, we've got a lot.

6) Is this coffee strong enough? Yes, the coffee's really strong.

Ex.5 p.13. Creative exercise.

Answers:

We've got enough soap.

We've got too many packets of crisps.

We haven't got enough apples.

We've got too many pizzas.

We've got enough bottles of water.

We've got too much juice.

We haven't got enough bread.

Ex.6 p.13. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

Extra task. Creative exercise.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.11.

Self-assessment.

 

Plus

Minus

Interesting

 

 

 

 

If children liked something at the lesson they put it into the column “plus”, if they

didn’t like or were bored during some part of the lesson, they can use the column “minus”, the

section “interesting” is for those activities which were interesting during the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2. Apply pre-verbal, post-verbal and end-position adverbs accurately.

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      presents information clearly.

·      applies the rule for pre-verbal, post-verbal and end-position adverbs and their usage.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 7

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Offering and asking for help.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.L1 understand with little or no support the main points in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics.

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics.

8.S5  interact with peers to negotiate, agree and organise priorities and plans for completing classroom tasks.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the main ideas of the dialogue in which people offer and ask for help while listening.

·        Recognize key phrases for offering and asking for help in dialogue.

·        Act situations offering and asking for help.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in listening extracts.

·         Use topic related vocabulary in their dialogues.

·        Create their own dialogues based on the given situations and act.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand  detailed information from the dialogues while listening.

·         Apply topic related vocabulary in speech fluently.

·        Create their own dialogues on the topic without support and act.

 

Value links

Cooperation, respect each other's opinion, functional literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology, Dietology.

 

Previous learning

Talking about eating habits.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to understand that people should respect each other.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·       Do you organize events with our friends?

·       Imagine you want to organize a party or barbecue with some friends. What things do you need to plan?

·       Will one person do everything or will you ask your friends for help?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.14. Identifying the topic. Predicting based on the picture.

Answers:

Lucy and Adam are preparing a barbecue.

Ex.2 p.14. Gist listening.

Answers:

Adams needs some more drinks, a bag of ice and some bags for the rubbish.

Ex.3 p.14. Sentence completion task. Role-play.

Answers:

1) help you with anything? (offering help)

2) get a few cartons of juice or something? (offering help)

3) get a bag of ice, too. (offering help)

4) get some? (asking for help)

5) see what they've got. (offering help)

Ex.4 p.14. Pronunciation practice.

Ex.5 p.14. Creative exercise.

Answers:

1) clean it

2) help you

3) come with you

4) be quite

5) buy some more

6) call him

Ex.6 p.14. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.6 p.14

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Identify the main idea in extended talks with little support.

2.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.    Demonstrate the ability to participate in a conversation.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      selects an appropriate answer.

·      completes the task.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·      discusses questions and answers the questions within the group.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 8

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: An environmental problem.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world.

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics.

8.W5  develop with support coherent arguments supported when necessary by examples and reasons for a growing range of written genres in familiar general and curricular topics.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of an email about an environmental problem.

·        Recognize and use key phrases for writing about a problem.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write an email to a newspaper in accordance with email structure.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Express their ideas in writing an email about an environmental problem.

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

 

Previous learning

Practice offering and asking for help.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Perception of different global problems, such as dirty beaches, in their own country and around the world

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Discovery activity.

Ask students:

·        What environmental problems are there in your town?

·        What do you do if you notice an environmental problem in your area?

·        What Rebecca Hosking did when she noticed the problem with plastic bags (p.12)?

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.15. Using pictures related to the text for prediction.

Reading for gist. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) b

2) b

3) b

4) b

Ex.2 p.15. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

I'm writing because ...

I think there are possibly (two) reasons for this.

We must do something about ...

 

Ex.3 p.15. Matching activity.

Answers:

1) d: because

2) a: so

3) e: so

4) c; because

5) b: because

Ex.4 p.15. Writing guide.

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.13.

Self-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

4

3

2

1

Ideas

All ideas were expressed in a clear and organized way. It was easy to figure out what the email was about.

Most ideas were expressed in a pretty clear manner, but the organization could have been better.

Ideas were somewhat organized, but were not very clear. It took more than one reading to figure out what the email was about.

The email seemed to be a collection of unrelated sentences. It was very difficult to figure out what the email was about.

Format

Complies with all the requirements for an email.

Complies with most of the requirements for an email.

Complies with several of the requirements for an email.

Complies with few of the requirements for an email.

Sentences and

Paragraphs

Sentences and paragraphs are complete, well-constructed and of varied structure.

Most sentences are complete and well-constructed. Paragraphing is generally done well.

Some sentences are complete and well-constructed. Paragraphing needs some work.

Many sentence fragments or run-on sentences and paragraphing needs lots of work.

Grammar & spelling

Writer makes few or no errors in grammar or spelling.

Writer makes some errors in grammar and/or spelling but the errors do not impede understanding.

Writer makes quite a lot of errors in grammar and/or spelling

Writer makes very frequent errors in grammar and/or spelling.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Consider different perspectives on the world in a written form.

2.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.    Evolve arguments, reasons, and evidence for a limited range of written genres.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary.

·     writes an email with introduction, main body and conclusion.

·     includes examples and reasons where necessary.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment (rubric)

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 9

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Our world.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion.

8.UE2  use a growing variety of quantifiers for countable and uncountable nouns including several, plenty, a large/small number/amount on a range of familiar general and curricular topics.

8.S5  interact with peers to negotiate, agree and organise priorities and plans for completing classroom tasks.

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Recognize and use verbs connected with the environment, phrases to talk about quantity.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about an environmental problem in Kazakhstan.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Use speaking and listening skills to solve problems cooperatively.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about local environmental problems using own words.

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

 

Previous learning

Writing an email about an environmental problem.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare environmental problems in Kazakhstan and other countries.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

·      Where do you think it is?

·      Do you know of any problems associated with Aral sea?

·      Think of any other environmental problems and their causes.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.16. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries.

Reading for detailed comprehension.

Gap filling activity.

Answers:

1) irrigate

2) shrink

3) split

4) restore

5) flow

6) increase

 

Ex.2 p.16. Justifying true/false statements with reference to the text.

Answers:

1) F - It was one of the largest lakes in the world.

2) F - It's in Kazakhstan.

3) T

4) F - A small number of freshwater fish species have returned.

5) T

 

Ex.3 p.16. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) uncountable

2) two

3) two

4) countable

5) 100 percent

6) more than enough

 

Ex.4 p.16. Ticking off items.

Answers:

1) amount

2) plenty

3) Both

4) several

5) all

 

Ex.5 p.16. Speaking about local environmental problems in a form of discussion.

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. Poster "An environmental problem in my country"

Cinquain” is a five-line poem based on the content of the material under the study.

Line 1 – One-word title.

Line 2 – Two adjectives for describing that word.

Line 3 – Three verbs.

Line 4 – Four feeling words.

Line 5 – A synonym for the title word.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion.

2.    Apply the correct quantifiers including much, many, a lot of, some, any for countable and uncountable nouns in the context.

3.    Demonstrate the ability to participate in a conversation.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      recalls some events based on his/her own experience.

·      completes the task with proper quantifiers.

·      discusses questions and answers the questions within the group.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 10

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Geography. An environmental problem.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1  understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

8.W5  develop with support coherent arguments supported when necessary by examples and reasons for a growing range of written genres in familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Recognize and use vocabulary to do with sustainable development.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about sustainable development.

·        Understand the general writing structure.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Write a letter about an environmental problem in accordance with the structure.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Express their ideas about environmental problems and solutions in writing task.

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

Previous learning

Reading an article about an environmental problem in Kazakhstan. 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Be aware of global problems as global citizens.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Cluster - Sustainable development.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.17. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries.

Ex.2 p.17. Skimming.

Text completion.

Answers:

1) environment

2) solutions

3) recycles

4) community

5) facilities

6) save

Ex.3 p.17. Justifying true/false statements with reference to the text.

Answers:

1) False. The leaders of more than 100 countries met at the Earth Summit.

2) True.

3) True.

4) False. It is easy for individuals to do something small every day to contribute to Local Agenda 21.

5) True.

6) False. People need their local councils to provide good facilities, such as recycling and public transport. 

Ex.4 p.17. Problem-solving task.

Ex.5 p.17. Writing practice.

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.5 p.17

Self-assessment.

Students express their attitude to the lesson and give self-assessment using the method: “Six thinking hats”:

·     Green: How can you use today's learning in different subjects?

·     Red: How do you feel about your work today?

·     White: What have you leant today?

·     Black: What were the weaknesses of your work?

·     Blue: How much progress have you made in this lesson? (Now I can, I still need to work on, I've improved in, Today I learnt... )

·     Yellow: What did you like about today's lesson?

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Consider different perspectives on the world in a written form.

2.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.    Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics

4.    Evolve arguments, reasons, and evidence for a limited range of written genres.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary.

·     chooses the right answer.

·     writes a letter with introduction, main body and conclusion.

·     includes examples and reasons where necessary.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 12

 

Term 1 

Unit 1 "Our world"

School:

 

Date:______.09.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 1. Project: A blog.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Revise taught material.

·         Analyze the elements of a blog structure with support.

·        Plan, write and edit a blog about making your city a better place with support.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Demonstrate learned vocabulary about environmental problems with sure.

·         Analyze the elements of a blog structure with minimal support.

·        Plan, write and edit a blog about making your city a better place with minimal support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

·         Analyze the elements of a blog structure without support.

·        Plan, write and edit a blog about making your city a better place without support.

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Ecology.

 

Previous learning

Reading an article about an environmental problem in Kazakhstan. 

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Be aware of global problems as global citizens.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.18. Substitution drill.

Answers:

1) a bottle

2) a roll

3) a tube

4) a bar

5) a tin/ a can

6) a jar

7) a packet

8) a can

Ex.2 p.19. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) throw away, recycle

2) save

3) pollute

4) poisons

5) burn

6) bury

7) waste

Ex.3 p.19. Ticking off items.

Answers:

1) many

2) too many

3) many

4) a lot of

5) any

6) enough

7) many

8) too many

9) fast enough

10) enough

 

Ex.4 p.19. Matching task.

Answers:

1) who e

2) which c

3) where a

4) why f

5) who d

6) which b

Ex.5 p.19. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) How much

2) a lot

3) if you want

4) that's fine

5) some

Ex.6 p.19. Gist listening.

Answering true/false questions.

Answers:

1) False. She is interviewing Joe, who read Colin Beavan's book.

2) True.

3) False. He buys bananas.

4) False. He buys fruit and vegetables from farmers' markets. He still gets some things from the supermarket.

5) True.

6) False. He walks and travels by bus.

 

Ex.1 p.19. Identifying the topic.

·     What a blog is?

·     Why do people write them?

Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

Skimming.

Taking notes.

Answers:

Walking to school instead of going by car; donated books to local library; planted tulips; put up a bird feeder; cleaned park with friends. 

Ex.2 p.19. Brainstorming.

Writing practice.

Ex.3 p.19. Feedback on the project.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.14-15

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Make a clear plan of writing; Create a blog; Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     writes an appropriate information;

·     writes and edits the work.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 13

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

The Internet.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE7  use a variety of simple perfect forms to express recent, indefinite and unfinished past on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

8.W2 write with minimal support  about real and imaginary past events, activities and experiences on a  range of familiar general topics and some curricular  topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Apply nouns and verbs to do with the internet in speech.

·        Recognize the theme about daily life online.

·        Use the affirmative and negative forms of the present perfect in simple sentences.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Discuss and give opinions about internet usage.

·        Demonstrate the ability to write grammatically correct sentences on the affirmative and negative forms of the present perfect.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Express ideas about own experiences building extended sentences.

Value links

Technology literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

Previous learning

A blog about making the city a better place.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare internet usage in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.20. Answering questions.

1. How often do you use the internet? What do you use it for?

2. Do you know any internet addicts? (Real addicts spend long hours on the internet and often feel tired, depressed and isolated)

3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of online shopping? (Advantages: more choice, cheaper prices. Disadvantages: you can't touch or feel the product, credit card fraud.)

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.20. Word formation activity. Table completion. Use of dictionaries.

Answers:

1) download

2) share

3) message

4) blog

5) chat

6) play

7) search

8) use

10) attachment

Ex.2 p.21. Discussing questionnaire.

Ex.3 p.21. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.4 p.21. Grammar presentation. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) have

2) -ed

3) experiences

Ex.5 p.21. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) We've created a webpage for our school.

2) I haven't posted any messages this week.

3) She hasn't looked at my blog.

4) My friend had changed his email address.

5) I haven't chatted a lot today.

6) We haven't downloaded that programme.

7) The internet has changed the way we communicate.

8) I've ordered a look from an online shop.

Ex.6 p.21. Creative exercise.

Extra task. Writing practice.

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.16.

Self-reflection.

Most ……. thing

Ask learners what was the most, e.g. useful, interesting, surprising, etc. thing they learned today. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

2. Form simple perfect forms for recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions.

3. Write sentences about recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions connecting them into paragraphs.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    uses the simple perfect forms accurately.

·    writes about recent, indefinite and unfinished past activities.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 14

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Internet addiction

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S3 give an opinion at discourse level on a wide range of general and curricular topics.

8.R2 understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts.

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the meaning of the text about a virtual world and online computer games.

·        practice verb and noun collocations by doing exercises and discussion.

Most learners will be able to:

·        provide unprepared speech to answer a variety of questions at sentence level and in conversations with some flexibility.

Some learners will be able to:

·        discuss a problem in groups about a virtual world and online computer games and suggest a solution for a problem.

Value links

Technology literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

Previous learning

Daily life online.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Perception of the risk of internet addiction among adolescents in learners' own country and around the world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.22. Predicting based on the title.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.22. Matching headings with paragraphs.

Answers:

1 d 2 a 3 e 4 b

Online gamer: virtual world, Habbo, created avatars, bought clothes / furniture, fighting battle, ogres, play, World of Warcraft, play games online

Do something about it: time to come back to real life, find some help, clinics, advice and cures

A new identity: got another life, avatar, virtual world, Habbo, bought clothes / furniture, her avatar moves from place to place chatting, fighting battles with ogres, World of Warcraft

Serious symptoms: spends all night on the net, time- consuming, obsessive, hasn't slept, hasn't eaten, on the internet for 48 hours non-stop or more than 100 hours a week, your idea of reality changes, tired, depressed, isolated, spent more time online than offline

Ex.3 p.22. Text completion.

Answers:

1) internet

2) virtual

3) plays games

4) сhat rooms

5) real

6) psychologists

Ex.4 p.22. Vocabulary matching task.

Answers:

fight-battles                  recognize-a problem

make-a sandwich          feel-tired/depressed/isolated

play-games                    spend-time

Ex.5 p.22. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) recognize

2) feel

3) spend

4) plays

5) make

6) fight

New collocations: turn on, feel angry, spend money,   play the piano, make noise, recognize a person, fight enemies.

Ex.6 p.22. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.20.

Self-assessment.

Pair share

At the end of a lesson learners share with their partner:

·         Three new things they have learnt

·         What they found easy

·         What they found difficult

·         Something they would like to learn in the future.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Provide a point of view in conversations and discussions.

2.      Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    presents his/her information to the class.

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 15

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Present perfect: regular and irregular verbs

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others.

8.UE7  use a variety of simple perfect forms to express recent, indefinite and unfinished past on a range of familiar general and curricular topics.

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize regular and irregular past participles.

Most learners will be able to:

·        identify use of the present perfect in a conversation.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply the present perfect in a discussion.

Value links

Technology literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

Previous learning

Virtual world, online computer games and Internet addiction.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare internet usage in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.23. Brainstorming.

At the beginning of a topic learners create a grid with three columns – what they know; what they want to know; what they have learned. They start by brainstorming and filling in the first two columns and then return to the third at the end of the unit.

Answers:

Regular: join-joined, ruin-ruined.

Irregular: buy-bought, sleep-slept, eat-eaten, be-been, spend-spent.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.23. Classifying verbs.

Answers:

Regular: stay-stayed, design-designed, play-played, visit-visited.

Irregular: have-had, find-found, sell-sold, write-written, speak-spoken, put-put, go-been/gone, make-made.

 

Ex.3 p.23. Ticking off items.

Answers:

 

 

Mark

Mary

Paul

online war games

٧

X

٧

clothes online

X

٧

X

virtual world

X

٧

X

an avatar

X

٧

X

friends online

X

X

٧

DVDs and books

X

X

٧

all night

٧

X

٧

 

Ex.4 p.23. Creative exercise.

Ex.5 p.23. Speaking in a form of interview.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.17.  

Self-assessment.

 

KWL

Know

Want to know

Learnt

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.    Form simple perfect forms for recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     selects useful information and plans the answer.

·     uses the simple perfect forms accurately.

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 16

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: Cybercrime.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S5  interact with peers to negotiate, agree and organise priorities and plans for completing classroom tasks

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use vocabulary relating to cybercrime.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        identify major concepts and ideas in a radio programme about cybercrime.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         discuss problems with internet use.

 

Value links

Technology literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

 

Previous learning

Present perfect: regular and irregular verbs, internet usage.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Perception of the risk of cybercrime in learners' own country and around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Free talk on the topic.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.24. Conveying the meaning of new items. Use of dictionaries. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) inbox

2) spam filter

3) virus

4) firewall

5) phishing

6) password

Ex.2 p.24. Skimming. Gist listening. Identifying the topic.

Answers:

3

Ex.3 p.24. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) a

2) c

3) b

4) a

5) a

6) c

Ex.4 p.24. Discussion questions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.18.

Self-assessment.

Summary sentence

Ask learners to write one sentence to summarise what they know about the topic. 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.  Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences

2.  Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

3.  Demonstrate the ability to participate in a conversation.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·      chooses the right answers.

·      discusses questions and answers the questions within the group.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 17

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Present perfect: questions

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S2 ask more complex questions  to get information  about a growing range of general topics and some curricular topics

8.UE7  use a variety of simple perfect forms to express recent, indefinite and unfinished past on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize the question form of the present perfect.

Most learners will be able to:

·        ask and answer questions about experiences.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply present perfect in speech fluently.

Value links

Technology literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

Previous learning

Talking about cybercrime, discussing problems with internet use.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare internet usage in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Refer students to text 2 in exercise 2 on page 24. Ask students to find verbs in the present perfect (Has ... ever had, Have ... received).

Ask students what they notice about the word order in the present perfect questions (the auxiliary verb have usually come before the subject).

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.25. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) attacked

2) Has

3) have

4) 's

Ex.2 p.25. Information transfer (interrogative order). Answering questions.

Answers:

1) What websites have you visited recently?

2) Have your friends downloaded any music recently?

3) Why have you put that photo on the internet?

4) Have you ever lost a computer file?

5) Has she ever visited a chat room?

6) What have they written on the message board?

Ex.3 p.25. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) Have you read

2) Has a virus attached

3) Has you friend made

4) Have your grandparent used

5) Have you emailed

6) Has your teacher used

Ex.4 p.25. Completion drill.

Answers:

1) Have you made

2) Have you won

3) Have you created

4) have visited

5) Have you met

6) Have you stolen

Ex.5 p.25. Making sentences.

Answers:

a) 3

b) 5

c) 1

d) 4

e) 2

Ex.6 p.25. Asking and answering questions.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.19.  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.   Make up complex interrogative sentences to get information about the topic.

2.   Form simple perfect forms for recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     asks a variety of questions.

·     answers peer’s questions.

·     uses the simple perfect forms accurately.

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 18

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Online shopping.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.L1 understand with little or no support the main points in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the main ideas of the dialogue in which people talk about shopping online.

·        Recognize key phrases about online shopping.

·        Use can, could, may to talk about permission and make requests.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in listening extracts.

·         Use topic related vocabulary in their dialogues.

·        Create their own dialogues based on the given situations and act.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand  detailed information from the dialogues while listening.

·         Apply topic related vocabulary in speech fluently.

·        Create their own dialogues on the topic without support and act.

 

Value links

Technology literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

 

Previous learning

Asking and answering questions about experiences using the present perfect.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare internet usage in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·       What are the advantages and disadvantages of online shopping.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.26. Picture description.

·         What's on Lucy's desk?

·         What has Lucy been doing on the computer?

·         What are Lucy and her mum talking about?

·         What's her mum's facial expression?

·         What's Lucy hand gesture?

·         How long has Lucy been using the computer?

Answers:

Lucy says she hasn't been on the computer for a long time.

Ex.2 p.26. Listening for specific information.

Answers:

Lucy want to buy an e-reader.

Ex.3 p.26. Gap-filling. Role-play.

Answers:

1) blowing

2) bargain

3) sold

4) reviews

5) include

6) payment

Ex.4 p.26. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

Could you ask me next time? (request)

May I order it? (request)

Can you order it today? (permission)

Ex.5 p.26. Making sentences.

Answers:

1) Can I ask you a questions?

2) Yes, of course you may.

3) Could you open the window, please?

4) No, you can't borrow my headphones.

5) May I use your phone?

Ex.6 p.26. Improvising a dialogue.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. Essay "Advantages and disadvantages of online shopping"

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Identify the main idea in extended talks with little support.

2.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences

3.    Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      selects an appropriate answer

·      completes the task

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary

·      completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 19

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A comment on a website.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.W6  link  independently, sentences into coherent paragraphs using a variety of basic connectors on a range of familiar general topics and some curricular topics

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of a comment on an internet forum.

·        Recognize and use key phrases for expressing opinions on an internet forum.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a comment for an internet forum using writing guide.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Express their ideas in writing a comment for an internet forum.

 

Value links

Technology literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

 

Previous learning

Talking about shopping online.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare internet usage in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Cluster "Internet forum". (Subjects people discuss on internet forums).

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.27. Reading for general understanding. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) The write is 15-year-old boy called Arystan.

2) The readers are other young people who use the internet.

3) The writer goes online every day.

4) Some of his friends are internet addicts.

5) The real problem is with the person, not with the activity they are addicted to.

Ex.2 p.27. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) my

2) seen

3) problem

4) reason

Ex.3 p.27. Classifying words.

Answers:

Adding ideas: also, too

Contact: but, Although, However

Ex.4 p.27. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) but

2) too

3) also

4) However

5) Although

6) but

Ex.5 p.27. Writing guide.

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.21.

Self-assessment.

How true are these? Circle the best number (3 = true, 2 = partly true, 1 = not true)

 

I enjoyed the writing task. Why/Why not?

   3

     2

     1

I answered all parts of the question

     3

     2

     1

I used paragraphs

     3

     2

     1

I used linking words

     3

     2

     1

I used a range of vocabulary and phrases

     3

     2

     1

I checked my spelling and punctuation

     3

     2

     1

I used the correct verb tenses

     3

     2

     1

What I did well: 

Something I think I need to work on next time: 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences

2.    Connect sentences into paragraphs with basic connectors and linking words with some support.

3.    Make a clear plan of writing; Write a comment; Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary

·      illustrates the ability to link words into sentences and paragraphs.

·      writes an appropriate information.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 20

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Daily life and shopping.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE6  use a variety of pronouns including  indefinite pronouns anybody, anyone, anything and quantitative pronouns everyone, everything, none, more, less, a few on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Recognize and use verbs connected with the environment, phrases to talk about quantity.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about an environmental problem in Kazakhstan.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Use speaking and listening skills to solve problems cooperatively.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about local environmental problems using own words.

 

Value links

Global Citizenship.

 

Cross curricular links

Geography.

 

Previous learning

An opinion comment on a website.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare different types of shops in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

·      Brainstorming. Types of shops.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.28. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries.

Cluster.

Answers:

People: seller, customer

Places: bazaar, flea market, mall, stall, bakery

Things: sample, product

Activities: buy, haggle, pay, offer, order.

Ex.2 p.28. Listening for specific information.

Answers:

The shops in malls are open until late.

You can often get discounts in the sales.

There are a lot of cafes, bakeries and restaurants where you can order both local and international food.

There are entertainment facilities.

Ex.3 p.28. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) everything

2) something

3) anywhere

4) no one

Ex.4 p.28. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) no one

2) anything

3) everywhere

4) anyone

5) somewhere

Ex.5 p.28. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.5 p.28.

Cinquain” is a five-line poem based on the content of the material under the study.

Line 1 – One-word title.

Line 2 – Two adjectives for describing that word.

Line 3 – Three verbs.

Line 4 – Four feeling words.

Line 5 – A synonym for the title word.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion.

2.      Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.      Differentiate indefinite pronouns.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      recalls some events based on his/her own experience.

·      uses the topical vocabulary.

·      chooses indefinite pronouns correctly.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 21

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Technology: The internet - wikis.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1  understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Recognize and use vocabulary about the internet and wikis.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about wikis and Wikipedia.

·        Understand the general writing structure.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Create a wiki with minimal support.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Create a wiki without support.

Value links

Technology literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

Previous learning

Shopping in Kazakhstan.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare internet usage in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        Where do you look if you want to find information?

·        What types of website do you go to for information?

·        Do you use Wikipedia?

·        Do you believe all the information you find on Wikipedia?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.29. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries.

Ex.2 p.29. Skimming.

Matching headings with paragraphs.

Answers:

Paragraph A - 4

Paragraph B - 1

Paragraph C - 3

Ex.3 p.29. Detailed reading. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1)    'Wiki' is the Hawaiian word for 'quick'.

2)    Making changes that are wrong or offensive.

3)    Nupedia is written by experts, but Wikipedia is written by ordinary people.

4)    Wikipedia became an independent website.

5)    There are no limits to the topics it covers. It contains information about the very latest things such as recent news events or advances in technology.

6)    Because anyone can write and edit it.

Ex.4 p.29. Writing practice.

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. Create a wiki.

Peer-assessment.

Картинки по запросу smilies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your text is interesting to read

 

 

 

Your text is well structured

 

 

 

Your English sounds fluent. You vary your sentences in length and structure

 

 

 

You know a lot of words

 

 

 

You spell the words right

 

 

 

Your text is grammatically correct and your sentences make sense

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.  Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

2.  Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics.

3.  Make a clear plan of writing; Create a wiki; Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     chooses the right answer.

·     writes an appropriate information;

·     writes and edits the work.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 23

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 2.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         revise taught material.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         demonstrate learned vocabulary about internet usage with sure.

·        apply present perfect in writing.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

 

Value links

Technology literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology.

 

Previous learning

Wikis and Wikipedia.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare different types of shops in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.30. Gap-filling.

Answers:

1)   email

2)   download

3)   message

4)   blog

5)   online games

6)   posted

7)   engines

8)    website

Ex.2 p.30. Odd one out.

Answers:

1)    hacker

2)    anti-virus software           

3)    spam         

4)    password

5)    virus

6)    a firewall

Ex.3 p.30. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Answers:

1)   My mum has created a blog.

2)    My friend has sent me a lot of emails.

3)    We haven't downloaded videos.

4)    I've played an online game once.

5)    My grandparents haven't used the internet.

6)   My friends have made money on the internet a few times.

Ex.4 p.30. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) Has your mum ever created a blog? Yes, she has.

2) Has your friend ever sent you a lot of emails? Yes, he / she has.

3) Have you ever downloaded videos? No, we haven't.

4) Have you ever played an online game? Yes, I have.

5) Have your grandparents ever used the internet? No, they haven't.

6) Have your friends ever made money on the internet? Yes, they have.

Ex.5 p.30. Matching task.

Answers:

1) d

2) a

3) f

4) b

5) e

6) c

Ex.6 p.30. Listening for global information.

Gap-filling.

Answers:

1) Canada

2) eighteen

3) two

4) customers

5) clean

6) polite

7) reviews

8) online

9) (very) careful

10) spam

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.22

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     makes evaluation of classmates’ answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 24

 

Term 1 

Unit 2 "Daily life and shopping"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Skills round-up 2.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.W5  develop with support coherent arguments supported when necessary by examples and reasons for a growing range of written genres in familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in listening extract.

·         Use topic related vocabulary in their dialogues.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Create their own dialogues based on the given situations using some support and act.

·        Express their ideas in writing a comment on a festival website with some support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Create their own dialogues on the topic without support and act.

·        Express their ideas in writing a comment on a festival website without support.

 

Value links

Technology literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology, Arts.

 

Previous learning

Review.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare different types of social events in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.31. Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

Answers:

1) A music festival

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.31. Listening for global information.

Answers:

Dilnaz went to the FourE festival last year.

Ex.3 p.31. Listening for specific information. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) Almaty

2) art

3) online

4) tent

5) expensive

6) bread

7) bus

8) white

Ex.4-5 p.31. Speaking in a form of debate role-play.

Ex.6 p.31. Writing practice.

CD

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.23

Self-assessment.

How true are these? Circle the best number (3 = true, 2 = partly true, 1 = not true)

 

I enjoyed the writing task. Why/Why not?

   3

     2

     1

I answered all parts of the question

     3

     2

     1

I used paragraphs

     3

     2

     1

I used linking words

     3

     2

     1

I used a range of vocabulary and phrases

     3

     2

     1

I checked my spelling and punctuation

     3

     2

     1

I used the correct verb tenses

     3

     2

     1

What I did well: 

Something I think I need to work on next time: 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

·      Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

·      Evolve arguments, reasons, and evidence for a limited range of written genres.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·     writes a comment  including examples and reasons where necessary.

 

·    Observation

·    Feedback on the work

·    Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 25

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Television.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.S2 ask more complex questions  to get information  about a growing range of general topics and some curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Apply vocabulary to do with television and key phrases for comparing opinions.

·        Use was/were, there was/there were.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Do a quiz on TV.

·        Discuss and give opinions about TV.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Express opinions about TV building extended sentences.

·         Create a TV quiz.

Value links

Information and media literacy.

Cross curricular links

Arts.

Previous learning

A music festival.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare popular TV programs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.32. Answering questions.

1. What's a reality show? (A reality show is a TV show which uses real people instead of actors).

2. How much TV do you watch?

3. What are the most popular TV programmes in your country?

Free talk.

·         What did you watch on TV last night?

·         What are your favourite programmes?

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.32. Classifying words.

Answers:

1) camera

2) remote control

3) character

4) participant

5) viewer

6) presenter

7) programme

8) show

9) channel

10) broadcast

11) advert

12) series

 

Ex.2 p.32. Discussing questionnaire.

Answers:

1) a  2) c  3) b  4) b  5) c  6) c  7) a  8) c

 

Ex.3 p.32. Substitution drill.

Answers:

1) my  2) with  3) don't  4) think  5) sure  6) so

 

Ex.4 p.33. Expressing opinion.

 

Ex.5 p.33. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) was  2) wasn't  3) weren't  4) Was  5) was  6) were  7) was

 

Ex.6 p.33. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) was  2) was  3) was   4) Was  5) wasn't  6) was  7) Were  8) weren't  9) were  10) weren't  11) wasn't

12) was

 

Ex.7 p.33. Filling in gaps. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) What was

2) What were

3) Who were

4) How was

5) Were there

 

Ex.8 p.33. Creating a TV quiz.

 

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.24.

Self-reflection. Most ……. thing

Ask learners what was the most, e.g. useful, interesting, surprising, etc. thing they learned today. 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

2. Make up complex interrogative sentences to get information about the topic.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    asks a variety of questions in order to get useful information.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 26

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Reality TV

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the meaning of the text about reality TV.

·        apply regular and irregular verbs.

Most learners will be able to:

·        discuss and give opinions about reality TV.

Some learners will be able to:

·         express ideas about reality TV building extended sentences.

Value links

Information and media literacy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

Exchanging opinions about TV.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare popular reality shows in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·         What does it mean "reality show"?

·         What reality shows do you watch?

·         Do you know any reality shows that are about teenagers?

·         Would you like to go on a reality show?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.34. Prediction based on the title, pictures. Skimming.

Answers:

C

Ex.2 p.34. Detailed reading. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) b  2) c  3) b  4) c  5) a

Ex.3 p.34. Word formation activity. Classifying words.

Answers:

Regular verbs: live-lived, show-showed, love-loved, try-tried, attract-attracted, solve-solved, receive-received, follow-followed

Irregular verbs: make-made, choose-chose, leave-left, win-won, broadcast-broadcast, become-became, do-did, try-tried

Ex.4 p.34. Quiz.

Ex.5 p.34. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.28.

Self-assessment.

·         Картинки по запросу handFive”. Children draw a picture of their hand and write the most important things about the lesson on each finger. The thumb - something interesting, the index finger - something difficult, the middle one - something that was not enough, the ring finger - the mood, the little finger - the suggestions.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2.      Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience.

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 27

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Past simple.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.W2 write with minimal support about real and imaginary past events, activities and experiences on a  range of familiar general topics and some curricular  topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize the negative and questions forms of the past simple.

Most learners will be able to:

·        practice use of the past simple in a conversation.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply the past simple in a discussion.

Value links

Information and media literacy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

Reality TV and reality shows.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of Past simple sentences in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Brainstorming.

·        Were the first reality shows popular? (Yes, they were.)

·        Were there any adults in Kid Nation? (No, there weren't).

·        Were some participants unhappy in Kid Nation? (Yes, they were).

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.35. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) followed

2) attracted

3) didn't make

4) Did, enjoy

More past simple sentences from the text:

Participants did amusing, but fun, tasks within a time limit.

The young people tried to organize their life without adults.

The youngsters all received $5,000 for taking part in the show.

The group chose this person.

Ex.2 p.35. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) took

2) didn't see

3) won

4) didn't like

5) made

Ex.3 p.35. Gap-filling.

Answers:

1) appeared

2) broadcast

3) won

4) sang

5) loved

6) didn't speak

7) composed

8) finished

Ex.4 p.35. Writing practice.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.25.  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.  Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.  Write sentences about real and imaginary past events connecting them into paragraphs.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     selects useful information and plans the answer.

·     writes about past activities.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 28

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: On TV.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use vocabulary for television programmes.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        identify major concepts and ideas from TV programmes.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         prepare a news story and present it to a partner.

 

Value links

Information and media literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Arts, Social studies. 

 

Previous learning

Past simple.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare news in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Cluster. Types of programmes.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.36. Classifying words. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.2 p.36. Listening for specific information.

Answers:

Medical drama, chat show, the news, talent show, documentary, sports programme.

Ex.3 p.36. Prediction content. Listening for global information.

Answers:

A) Queen has opened a new hospital.

B) Snow has disrupted traffic.

C) A lion has escaped from a zoo and has been returned.

D) The woman stopped a bank robber escaping with some money.

Ex.4 p.36. Scanning for specific information. Underlining.

Answers:

1) Who was wearing a green hat?

2) People were driving home when it started snowing.

3) Were the police doing anything?

4) The robber was running to the door when Mrs Banks stopped him.

5) What was the man doing in the park?

Ex.5 p.36. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Ex.6 p.36. Interpreting photos.

 

 

CD

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.26.

Self-reflection.

 

Plus

Minus

Interesting

 

 

 

 

If children liked something at the lesson they put it into the column “plus”, if they

didn’t like or were bored during some part of the lesson, they can use the column “minus”, the

section “interesting” is for those activities which were interesting during the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Assessment criteria:

1. Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

2. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3. Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about a news story.

·    chooses the right answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 29

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Past tenses.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.W2 write with minimal support about real and imaginary past events, activities and experiences on a  range of familiar general topics and some curricular  topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize the form and use of the past continuous.

Most learners will be able to:

·        understand the difference between the past simple and the past continuous.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply the past simple and past continuous fluently.

Value links

Information and media literacy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

Television programmes, new story.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of Past Continuous sentences in English and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

KWL

Know

Want to know

Learnt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.37. Filling in gaps.

Answers:

1) were

2) was

3) Were

4) weren't

5) doing

Rule: action in progress

 

Ex.2 p.37. Describing pictures. Use of cues.

Answers:

1) Grandma wasn't listening to music. She was chatting on the phone.

2) Mary was watching a film on TV.

3) The dog was eating under the table.

4) Tom and Jen were fighting for the remote control.

5) Mum wasn't reading the newspaper. Dad was reading the newspaper.

6) Grandad and the cat were sleeping.

 

Ex.3 p.37. Listening for specific information. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1)  Was Dave joking? No, he wasn't.

2)  Where was Jane going? She was going to Mexico.

3)  What was she carrying? She was carrying a bag.

4)  How much money was she carrying in it? She was carrying 10,000 dollars.

5)  How many people were working in the gang? Three people were working in the gang.

6)  Where was Pete standing? Pete was standing behind Dave.

 

Ex.4 p.37. Matching task.

Answers:

1) с - past continuous, past simple

2) a - past continuous

3) b - past simple

 

Ex.5 p.37. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Answers:

1)  My friend arrived while I was doing my homework.

2)  The teacher was talking to us when the bell rang.

3)  Dad turned off the TV while we were watching House.

4)  Our friends were playing chess when we arrived.

5)  I was listening to music when my brother phoned.

 

Ex.6 p.37. Picture describing.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.25.  

Self-assessment.

 

KWL

Know

Want to know

Learnt

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.  Write sentences about real and imaginary past events connecting them into paragraphs.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     selects useful information and plans the answer.

·     writes about past activities.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 30

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: My news.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C9 use imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings

8.L1 understand with little or no support the main points in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the main ideas of the dialogue in which someone talks about their news.

·        Apply key phrases for talking about their news.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in listening extracts.

·        Act situations talking about their news.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Apply topic related vocabulary in speech fluently.

·        Create their own dialogues on the topic without support and act.

 

Value links

Information literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Past tenses.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare news in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

Imagine you meet a friend that you haven't seen for a few weeks.

·       What would you say?

·       What would you talk about?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.38. Identifying the topic. Predicting based on the picture.

Answers:

Caitlin's carrying a guitar, so it is probably about music.

Ex.2 p.38. Gist listening.

Answers:

Caitlin is happy because she sent a CD of her songs to a TV channel and they asked her in to audition.

Ex.3 p.38. Blank-filling. “Who said what?” questions. Role-play.

Answers:

1) look (Tom)

2) 've got (Caitlin)

3) all about (Tom)

4) kidding (Tom)

5) go (Tom)

6) news (Tom)

7) your (Caitlin)

Ex.4 p.38. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) c   2) b  3) a  4) a  5) a

Ex.5 p.38. Role-play.

Ex.6 p.38. Creative exercise. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.6 p.38

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.     Convey opinions, notion, experiences and feelings creatively.

2.  Identify the main idea in extended talks with little support.

3.  Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·       uses imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings.

·      selects an appropriate answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 31

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A news article.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.W6  link  independently, sentences into coherent paragraphs using a variety of basic connectors on a range of familiar general topics and some curricular topics

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of a news item.

·        Recognize and use time connectors, key phrases for writing a news item.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a news item using writing guide.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a news item without support.

 

Value links

Information literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Talking about news.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare news in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        Do you read newspapers?

·        How do you prefer to find out the news? From websites, the TV news, or other sources.

·        What's the most popular method?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.39. Reading for general understanding. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) c

2) The incident happened late yesterday afternoon/ last night on a t rain in the Channel Tunnel between France and England.

3) The conditions on the train were bad. There was no food or water and there weren't enough toilets.

4) The rescue services transferred people onto another train as soon as they could.

5) At first, the passengers reached calmly, but after several hours the situation became difficult. People were sleeping on the floor and children were crying. 

Ex.2 p.39. Arranging events in the correct sequence.

Answers:

a) 2  b) 5  c) 3  d) 1  e) 4

Ex.3 p.39. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) later  2) as soon as  3) finally  4) then  5) When  6) After

Ex.4 p.39. Writing guide.

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.29.

Peer-assessment. Rubric.

 

Category

4

3

2

1

Headline

Article has a headline that captures the reader's attention and accurately describes the content.

Article has a headline that accurately describes the content.

Article has a headline that does not describe the content.

Article is missing a headline.

Who, What, When, Where and How

Article includes all of  five W's (who, what, when, where and how).

The article is missing one of the five W's.

The article is missing two of the 5 W's.

The article is missing three or more of the five W's.

Supporting Details

The details in the article are clear and supportive of the topic.

The details in the article are clear but need to be developed more.

Some details may not fit in with the topic.

Most details in the article are clear.

Article does not focus on the topic well.

The details article are neither clear nor related to the topic.

Spelling & Grammar

No spelling or grammatical errors.

No more than two minor spelling or grammatical errors.

No more than three spelling or grammatical errors.

Multiple spelling or grammatical errors.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences

2.    Connect sentences into paragraphs with basic connectors and linking words with some support.

3.    Make a clear plan of writing; Write a comment; Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary

·      illustrates the ability to link words into sentences and paragraphs.

·      writes an appropriate information.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 32

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Entertainment and media.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C3 respect differing points of view

8.R6  recognise the attitude or opinion of the writer on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

8.UE14 use  some prepositions before nouns and adjectives use prepositions as, like to indicate manner use dependent prepositions following adjectives  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply "used to" to talk about the past and verb phrases with prepositions.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about young people's opinions of TV programmes.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give opinions about TV programmes.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Express ideas about TV programmes building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Information and media literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

A news article.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare TV programmes and films in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Brainstorming. Matching task.

·      Names of TV programmes.

·      Types of programmes.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.40. Skimming. Multiple choice. Use of dictionaries.

Answers:

1)   off  2) off  3) on  4) across  5) up  6) over  7) up

Ex.2 p.40. Listening for specific information. Matching people and opinions.

Answers:

1) D  2) G  3) K  4) D  5) G

Ex.3 p.40. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) past

2) didn't

Ex.4 p.40. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) didn't use to have

2) Did you use to watch

3) used to play

4) didn't use to like

5) used to be

Ex.5 p.40. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

CD

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. Essay "My favourite TV programme.".

Peer-assessment.

Pair share

At the end of a lesson learners share with their partner:

·         Three new things they have learnt

·         What they found easy

·         What they found difficult

Something they would like to learn in the future.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Demonstrate respect to people’s opinions using lexical units of topic vocabulary.

2.      Interpret the information to identify the author’s attitude and opinions.

3.      Employ the rule for nouns and adjectives in common prepositional phrases in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      completes the gaps with appropriate phrases.

·      finds the details in short texts and fills the table with proper information from the texts.

·      completes the sentences with appropriate prepositions.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 33

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Technology: Television.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S7 use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1 understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Recognize and use vocabulary to do with television.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about television broadcasting in the past and present.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Discuss and give opinions about television technology in the past and present.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Express ideas about television technology in the past and present building extended sentences.

Value links

Information and media literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology, Social studies.

Previous learning

TV programmes and films in Kazakhstan.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners can talk about television technology in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        What type of television do you have at home? (digital, satellite)

·        Do you know how television works?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.41. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries. Vocabulary matching task.

Answers:

A) satellite dish

B) interference

C) aerial

D) decoder

E) radio waves

F) binary code

Ex.2 p.41. Skimming.

Answers:

1) A  2) D  3) D  4) A  5) A  6) D

Ex.3 p.41. Detailed reading. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) Analogue broadcasting uses radio waves.

2) The problems with this system were that it could not transmit many channels and the picture quality was sometimes poor because of interference.

3) Binary code is a computer language which only consists of zeros and ones and broadcasters can use it to send a lot of information very quickly.

4) TVs can receive digital information via an aerial, a cable, a satellite dish or broadband.

5) No, a decoder can either be inside a TV or computer, or in a separate box which is connected to it.

6) A high definition TV (HDTV) has better picture quality than a standard TV.

Ex.4 p.41. Speaking in a form of discussion.

Ex.5 p.41. Asking and answering questions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. Presentation "Television broadcasting in the past and present".

Self-assessment.

Students express their attitude to the lesson and give self-assessment using the method: “Six thinking hats”:

·     Green: How can you use today's learning in different subjects?

·     Red: How do you feel about your work today?

·     White: What have you leant today?

·     Black: What were the weaknesses of your work?

·     Blue: How much progress have you made in this lesson? (Now I can, I still need to work on, I've improved in, Today I learnt... )

·     Yellow: What did you like about today's lesson?

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form.

2.  Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.  Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     gives evaluation to the problem.

·     uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary

·     chooses the right answer.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 35

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 3.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         revise taught material.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         demonstrate learned vocabulary about TV programmes with sure.

·        apply past tenses in writing.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

 

Value links

Information and media literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology, Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Television technology in Kazakhstan.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners can talk about television technology in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.42. Gap-filling.

Answers:

1)    channels

2)    adverts

3)    programme

4)    show

5)    participants

6)    episode

7)    remote control

 

Ex.2 p.42. Solving anagrams.

Answers:

1)  documentary

2)  talent show

3)  cartoon

4)  drama series

5)  the news

6)  sitcom

7)  film

8)  sports programme

 

Ex.3 p.42. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1)   was

2)   weren't

3)   didn't watch

4)   met

5)   took

6)   didn't complain, changed

 

Ex.4 p.19. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

2)   In the 1980s, were TV programmes in black and white? No, they weren't.

3)   Did we watch TV yesterday? No, we didn't.

4)   Did I meet my friends after school? Yes, I did.

5)   Did my mother take part in a reality show? Yes, she did.

6)   Did he complain when I changed channels? No, he didn't.

 

Ex.5 p.42. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1)   was watching, arrived

2)   wasn't wearing, met

3)   didn't go

4)   Did you see

5)   broke, were arguing

6)   changed, was watching

 

Ex.6 p.42. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1b 2c 3b 4a 5c 6b

 

Ex.7 p.42. Listening for specific information. Matching people and opinions.

Answers:

Speaker 1с
Speaker 2b
Speaker
3a
Speaker
4d

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.30

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     makes evaluation of classmates’ answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 36

 

Term 2 

Unit 3 "Entertainment and media"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Project: A TV programme.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Analyze the elements of a TV programme.

·        Plan, write and edit a short TV programme with support.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Demonstrate learned vocabulary about TV programmes with sure.

·        Plan, write and edit a short TV programme with minimal support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

·        Plan, write and edit a short TV programme without support.

 

Value links

Information and media literacy.

 

Cross curricular links

Information technology, Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Review. Unit 3.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learners share and compare TV programmes and films in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.43. Skimming. Matching task.

Answers:

A) cooking show

B) chat show

C) weather forecast

Ex.2 p.43. Brainstorming. Writing practice.

 

Ex.3 p.43. Speaking in a form of presentation. Feedback on the project.

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.31

Peer-assessment. Rubric.

 

CATEGORY

4

3

2

1

Content

Shows a full understanding of the topic.

Shows a good understanding of the topic.

Shows a good understanding of parts of the topic.

Does not seem to understand the topic very well.

Fluency

Fully “off script”.

Very little reference to notes required.

Mostly read from presentation notes. No corrections or mistakes.

Reads directly from notes. Making corrections mid-presentation.

Pronunciation

Pronunciation and intonation are almost always very clear / accurate

Pronunciation and intonation are usually clear /accurate with a few problems.

Pronunciation and intonation errors sometimes make it difficult to understand the student.

Frequent problems with pronunciation and intonation

(Mumbling, very quiet, poor pronunciation,

monotone, too fast).

Accuracy

Uses a variety of grammatical structures and sentences patterns.

Minor errors in the use of grammatical structures and sentence patterns.

The use of grammatical structures and sentence patterns makes communication difficult.

Is not able to use proper grammatical structures and sentences.

Enthusiasm

Facial expressions and body language generate a strong interest and enthusiasm about the topic in others.

Facial expressions and body language sometimes generate a strong interest and enthusiasm about the topic in others.

Facial expressions and body language are used to try to generate enthusiasm, but seem somewhat faked.

Very little use of facial expressions or body language. Did not generate much interest in topic being presented.

Time-Limit

Presentation is 5 minutes long.

Presentation is 4 minutes long.

Presentation is 3 minutes long.

Presentation is less than 3 minutes OR more than 5 minutes.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Make a clear plan of writing; Create a blog; Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     writes an appropriate information;

·     writes and edits the work.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 37

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Adjectives: personality.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C2 use speaking and listening skills to provide sensitive feedback to peers

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE12  use comparative degree adverb structures not as quickly as  / far less quickly with regular and irregular adverbs.

use an increased variety of pre-verbal, post-verbal and end-position adverbs  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Apply vocabulary to describing personalities.

·        Use adverbs of degree.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Describe people's personalities using some support.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Describe people's personalities building extended sentences.

Value links

Taking care of your body and health.

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

Previous learning

Project: A TV programme

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.44. Answering questions.

1. Who are the most famous sportspeople in Kazakhstan? (Aidar Kumisbekov (football), Alexander Vinokurov (cycling), Yaroslava Shvedova (tennis).

2. What is your favourite sport?

3. What personal qualities do you need to become a successful sportsperson? (determination, talent, dedication, confidence).

Cluster "Personality adjectives".

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.44. Conveying the meaning of new words. Word and meaning matching.

Answers:

1) curious

2) active

2) shy

4) ambitious

5) innocent

6) mean

7) intolerant

8) sensitive

Ex.2 p.44. Recognizing vocabulary.

Ex.3 p.44. Picture description.

Answers:

1) friendly

2) sensitive

3) intelligent

4) generous

5) determined

6) confident

7) serious

8) active

9) ambitious

Ex.4 p.45. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) incredibly

2) not very

3) was really

4) very

5) is a bit

6) is incredibly

Ex.5 p.45. Putting the words into context.

Answers:

1) One euro! That's a bit mean!

2) It's a fantastic place. I'm really happy that we're here.

3) That new skateboard is quite expensive.

4) They get up at 6 a.m. That's incredibly early.

5) He's a big fan of FC ordabasy. He things that they're really good.

Ex.6 p.45. Sentence completion.

Ex.7 p.45. Guessing game.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.32.

Self-assessment.

 

Plus

Minus

Interesting

 

 

 

 

If children liked something at the lesson they put it into the column “plus”, if they didn’t like or were bored during some part of the lesson, they can use the column “minus”, the

section “interesting” is for those activities which were interesting during the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Give feedback to others orally.

2.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.    Apply regular and irregular adverbs and comparative degree structures accurately.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    evaluates the peers’ answers.

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    applies the rule for comparative degree adverbs and their usage.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 38

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Sports superstars.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the meaning of the text about a famous Kazakh boxer.

·        apply phrases connected with fame and sport.

·        use prefixes and suffixes to develop vocabulary.

Most learners will be able to:

·        discuss and give opinions about sports fame.

Some learners will be able to:

·         express ideas about sports fame building extended sentences.

Value links

Taking care of your body and health.

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

Previous learning

People's personalities.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Brainstorming.

·        Think of as many Kazakh sports people as you can.

·        What are the positive side and the challenges of the life for sports people?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.46. Prediction based on the title, pictures.

Answers:

In the public eye means that a person's personal life and actions are described and illustrated in newspapers, online, on television, etc.

Ex.2 p.46. Detailed reading.

Answers:

There are examples of what being in the public eye means in paragraph three of the text - 'In the weeks before an event, newspapers and magazines publish countless stories about his life, his achievements and his family'.

Ex.3 p.46. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) c  2) c  3) b  4) a  5) c

Ex.4 p.46. Word and meaning matching.

Answers:

1) without a point

2) not defeated

3) across the whole world

4) with success

5) You can dispose of it.

6) You can't forget it.

Ex.5 p.46. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1) useful

2) sleepless

3) predictable

4) unexpected

5) nationwide

Ex.6 p.46. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.36.

Self-reflection.

 

My participation in the lesson

 

 

My feelings and emotions during the lesson

My difficulties

Valuable thoughts for me from the lesson

·        

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2.      Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience.

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 39

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Present perfect + still, yet, just and already

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE7  use a variety of simple perfect forms to express recent, indefinite and unfinished past on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize the present perfect with still, yet, just and already.

Most learners will be able to:

·        apply the present perfect with still, yet, just and already.

Some learners will be able to:

·        use the present perfect with still, yet, just and already fluently.

Value links

Functional literately.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

People's personalities.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of present perfect sentences in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

KWL

Know

Want to know

Learnt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.47. Blank-filling. Matching task.

Answers:

1) just - B

2) already - B

3) still - A

4) yet - A

Ex.2 p.47. Filling in gaps.

Answers:

1) still

2) just, already

3) yet

Ex.3 p.47. Putting the words in the right order.

Answers:

1) The match still hasn't started.

2) We have already played this game.

3) Berik has just gone to the gym.

4) Has Dana bought a new bike yet?

5) They have already had a break.

6) Gani still hasn't learned to swim.

7) I haven't booked tickets for the match yet.

Ex.4 p.47. Putting the words into context.

Ex.5 p.47. Gist listening. Writing sentences using clues.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.33.  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.    Form simple perfect forms for recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     selects useful information and plans the answer.

·     uses the simple perfect forms accurately.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 40

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: Nouns and adjectives: personal qualities.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use vocabulary relating to personal qualities.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        identify major concepts and ideas from an interview with two students at a youth sports academy in Barcelona.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         talk about qualities building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Taking care of your body and health.

 

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

 

Previous learning

Present perfect + still, yet, just and already.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Brainstorming. To be a star, you must be ...

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.48. Conveying the meaning of new words. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) creative

2) talent

3) fame

4) skillful

5) independent

6) egos

7) lucky

Ex.2 p.48. Completing table.

Answers:

1) talent

2) style

3) creative

4) good looks

5) intelligent

6) fame

7) lucky

8) egotistical

9) skillful

10) independent

11) strength

12) courageous

Ex.3 p.48. Gist listening.

Answers:

C.

Ex.4 p.48. Listening for specific information. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) True

2) True

3) False

4) False

5) True

6) True

Ex.5 p.48. Blank-filling. Questioning.

Answers:

1) adjective

2) noun

3) noun

4) noun

5) adjective

6) adjective

Ex.6 p.48. Guessing game.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.34.

Self-reflection.

Students attach their boat in the appropriate area of the map that reflects their emotions and mood after the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Assessment criteria:

1. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

2. Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about a news story.

·    chooses the right answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 41

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Present perfect and past simple

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE7  use a variety of simple perfect forms to express recent, indefinite and unfinished past on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize and understand for and since with the present perfect.

Most learners will be able to:

·        apply for and since with the present perfect.

·        defferentiate between the present perfect and past simple.

Some learners will be able to:

·        produce extended sentences using the present perfect and past simple.

Value links

Functional literately.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

Nouns and adjectives: personal qualities.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of present perfect and past simple sentences in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.49. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) since - a

2) since - a

3) for - b

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.49. Sorting exercise.

Answers:

for: two years, an hour, a long time, a month, two days.

Since: last Saturday, March, Christmas, I met him, 2015.

Ex.3 p.49. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) haven't seen, for

2) has been, since

3) has had, since

4) haven't played, for

5) haven't won, for

6) 've had, for

Ex.4 p.49. Cued sentences.

Asking and answering questions.

Ex.5 p.49. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) Sentences a, c and e are in the present perfect. Sentences b, d and f are in the past simple.

2) Sentences b, d and f.

3) Sentences a, c and e.

Ex.6 p.49. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) have had

2) met

3) played

4) was

5) got

6) have had

7) 've been

8) met

Ex.7 p.49. Speaking in a form of interview.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.35.  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.    Form simple perfect forms for recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     selects useful information and plans the answer.

·     uses the simple perfect forms accurately.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 42

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Identifying and describing people.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.L1 understand with little or no support the main points in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a conversation about identifying people.

·        Recognize key phrases for identifying people.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply topic related vocabulary in speech.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Create and act out their own dialogues on the topic.

 

Value links

Cooperation, functional literately.

 

Cross curricular links

Sociology.

 

Previous learning

Present perfect and past simple.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.50. Picture description.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.50. Gist listening.

Answers:

Adam is looking at Joanna Mills.

Ex.3 p.50. Blank-filling. “Who said what?” questions. Role-play.

Answers:

1) over (Adam)

2) before (Adam)

3) long hair (Lucy)

4) about (Lucy)

5) know (Adam)

6) like (Adam)

7) an interesting face (Adam)

Ex.4 p.50. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) blue T-shirt  

2) fair 

3) smiling 

4) interesting 

5) seen

6) hair

7) shy

Ex.5 p.40. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.6 p.40. Creative exercise. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

CD

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB p.50 Picture description.

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.       Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

2.       Identify the main idea in extended talks with little support.

3.       Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·       brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·      selects an appropriate answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 43

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A biography.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

8.UE3  use a growing variety of compound adjectives and adjectives as participles and some comparative structures  including not as…as, much …than    to indicate degree on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of a biography of a sports star.

·        Use key phrases for writing a biography, identify the right order of adjectives.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a biography of a famous sports star using writing guide.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a biography of a famous sports star without support.

 

Value links

Taking care of your body and health.

 

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

 

Previous learning

Identifying and describing people.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        Who is your favourite sports star?

·        What do you know about your favourite star?

·        Where was he/she born?

·        Where does he/she live?

·        How did his/her career starter?

 

 

KWL "Elizabet Tursynbayeva"

Know

Want to know

Learnt

 

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.51. Reading for general understanding. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) Paragraph 1 describes Elizabet's family.

2) She studied in Moscow and Canada.

3) Her big break was when she won a silver medal in 2013.

4) She didn't have a coach.

5) In 2017, she came third in the Asian Winter Games.

Ex.2 p.51. Arranging events in a logical order.

Answers:

1) ... was born in ... 

2) She's got ... and ...

3) She's been involved in ... since ...

4) Her big break came in ...

5) In the years that followed, ...

6) Since then, she has ...

Ex.3 p.51. Blank-filling. Sorting exercise

Answers:

1) long 2) dark 3) lovely 4) big 5) brown   

1) she little child

2) big new flat

3) long blonde hair 

4) beautiful big blue eyes

5) warm-hearted young girl

6) lovely long red dress

Ex.4 p.51. Writing guide.

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.37.

Peer-assessment. Rubric.

 

Criteria

4-Excellent

3– Capable

2– Developing

1– Needs

Improvement

Content

Demonstrates excellent understanding of person’s life and contributions.

Includes information that “tells” the person’s life story

Demonstrates good understanding of important ideas and events in person’s life. Discusses why the person is

important.

Some gaps in understanding and includes some factual

errors and misconceptions. Attempts to discuss why the person is important.

Demonstrates little knowledge or understanding of the person. Does not discuss importance of person. Written work is merely a rewriting of facts.

Organization

Introduction and conclusion are strong and engaging. Information is presented in a logical and interesting order. Ideas flow well.

Good introduction and conclusion. Information is presented in a logical order.

An organizational plan is evident, but some ideas are presented out of order.

No organizational plan evident and ideas seem jumbled and disconnected

Supporting Details

Develops ideas fully using

appropriate and relevant examples, reasons, details, and explanations

Develops ideas using some examples, details, and explanations.

Uses some examples and explanations to express ideas. Include some examples that are not relevant to the topic.

Does not use relevant examples or explanations to elaborate on the topic.

Mechanics

 

Contains 1-3 grammatical or spelling errors that do not interfere with the meaning of the

essay.

Contains 4-6 grammatical or spelling errors. Mild interference with meaning.

Contains 7-9 grammatical or spelling errors. Strong interference with meaning.

More than 10 errors  which makes comprehension difficult or impossible.

Word Usage

Excellent word choice.

Good word choice.

Poor word choice for some parts.

Word choice makes

Comprehension difficult or impossible.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

2. Make a clear plan of writing; Create a biography; Check the written draft.

3. Apply the rule for compound adjectives and adjectives as participles in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking;

·    writes an appropriate information;

·    writes and edits the work;

·    uses the learned rule and divides adjectives into the right columns.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

Short term plan 44

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Sport, health, exercise.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.UE3  use a growing variety of compound adjectives and adjectives as participles and some comparative structures  including not as…as, much …than    to indicate degree on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

8.W7  use with minimal support  appropriate layout at text level for a range of written genres on familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of the text about national sports in Kazakhstan.

·        Recall how to use compound adjectives.

·        Name different types of sports.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give opinions about a favourite sport.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Express ideas about a favourite sport building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Taking care of your body and health.

 

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

 

Previous learning

Writing a biography.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·      Name as  many sports as you can.

·      Which sports do you play?

·      Which sports do you watch or both?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.52. Brainstorming.

Ex.2 p.52. Detailed reading. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1.   The people from the Botai settlements in the Akmola Province of Kazakhstan.

2.   Because they helped to train people for war and hunting.

3.   You have to be between seven and fourteen years old.

4.   Both men and women can take part in kyzkuu.

5.   It was in Astana in 2017.

Ex.3 p.52. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1)    deep-rooted, well-known, well-trained

2)    fast-running

3)    high-speed, long-distance

4)    world-famous

Ex.4 p.52. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1)   world-famous/well-known

2)   ten-minute                     

3)   man-made

4)   long-distance

5)   sugar-free

Ex.5 p.52. Writing practice.

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.5 p.52

Self-assessment.

How true are these? Circle the best number (3 = true, 2 = partly true, 1 = not true)

 

I enjoyed the writing task. Why/Why not?

   3

     2

     1

I answered all parts of the question

     3

     2

     1

I used paragraphs

     3

     2

     1

I used linking words

     3

     2

     1

I used a range of vocabulary and phrases

     3

     2

     1

I checked my spelling and punctuation

     3

     2

     1

I used the correct verb tenses

     3

     2

     1

What I did well: 

Something I think I need to work on next time: 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion.

2. Apply the rule for compound adjectives and adjectives as participles in practice.

3. Write a text keeping the layout and format of a given genre with a little support.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    recalls some stories based on his/her own experience.

·    uses the learned rule and divides adjectives into the right columns.

·      uses appropriate structure that makes reader understand a piece of writing.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 45

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Language and literature: Newspapers.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S7 use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1 understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Recognize and use vocabulary to do with newspapers.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about different types of newspapers.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Discuss different types of newspapers in their country.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Express ideas about different types of newspapers in their country building extended sentences.

Value links

Information and media literacy.

Cross curricular links

Information technology, Social studies.

Previous learning

My country: Sport, health, exercise.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learners can talk about newspapers in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        Do you read any newspapers? What are they?

·        What newspapers have you heard of?

·        What are the differences between the newspapers you have mentioned?

·        What types of information would you find in each?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.53. Conveying the meaning of new words. Matching task.

Answers:

Photo A: 2, 5, 6, 7, 9

Photo B: 1, 3, 4, 8, 9, 10

9 appears in both types of newspapers.

Ex.2 p.53. Reading for detailed comprehension.

Ex.3 p.53. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) False. A lot of people still prefer to get the news in a more traditional way, by reading a newspaper.

2) Don't know.

3) True. Quality newspapers use a formal style of language with longer sentences and technical vocabulary.

Sensationalist newspapers use shorter words and sentences, with colloquial words and expressions.

5) True.

6) False. Both types of newspaper contain articles about sport.

Ex.4 p.53. Questioning.

Ex.5 p.53. Problem-solving task.

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. Essay "Are newspapers necessary today?"

Self-assessment.

 

Plus

Minus

Interesting

 

 

 

 

If children liked something at the lesson they put it into the column “plus”, if they

didn’t like or were bored during some part of the lesson, they can use the column “minus”, the

section “interesting” is for those activities which were interesting during the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.  Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form.

2.  Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.  Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     gives evaluation to the problem.

·     uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary

·     chooses the right answer.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 47

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 4.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recall taught material.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        demonstrate learned vocabulary about sport, health and exercise with sure.

·        apply present perfect, past simple and compound adjectives in writing.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

 

Value links

Healthy lifestyle

 

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

 

Previous learning

Writing a biography.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.54. Matching task.

Answers:

1)    generous

2)    ambitious

3)    serious

4)    mean

5)    sensitive

6)    cheerful

7)    tolerant

8)    curious

 

Ex.2 p.54. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1)    stylish

2)    skilful

3)    lucky

4)    talented

5)    famous

6)    creative

7)    independent

8)    strong

 

Ex.3 p.54. Gap-filling.

Answers:

1)   yet

2)   since

3)   still

4)   yet

5)   just/already

6)   still

7)   already/just

8)    for

 

Ex.4 p.54. Sorting exercise.

Answers:

1)  How long have you studied English?

2)  I haven't visited the USA yet.

3)  He has just given an interview.

4)  They have lived in Canada since 2015.

5)  I still haven't met your brother.

6) They have lived here for twenty years.

 

Ex.5 p.54. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1)   have been

2)   met

3)   sang

4)   didn't win

5)   have become

6)   have had

7)   had

8)   was

9)   have appeared

 

Ex.6 p.54. Blank-filling.

Gap-filling.

Answers:

1)    a bit

2)    guy

3)    short

4)    looks

5)    incredibly

6)    tends

7)    good-looking

8)    pity

Ex.7 p.54. Listening for specific information. Odd one out.

Answers:

1)   patients

2)   Rome

3)   160

4)   Swimmer

5)   silver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.38

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     makes evaluation of classmates’ answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 48

 

Term 2 

Unit 4 "Sport, health and exercise"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2018

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Skills round-up 4.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in listening extract.

·         Use topic related vocabulary in their dialogues.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Create their own dialogues based on the given situations using some support and act.

·        Express their ideas in writing a description of a sports star.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Create their own dialogues on the topic without support and act.

·        Express their ideas in writing a description of a sports star without support.

 

Value links

Healthy lifestyle

 

Cross curricular links

Physical education.

 

Previous learning

Writing a biography.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be aware of the significance of healthy lifestyle in the Kazakhstani culture and the global world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.55. Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

Answers:

1) Cycling, skiing, snowboarding.

2) For cycling you need a bike, for skiing you need the right clothes, a helmet, skis and poles and ski  boots.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.55. Listening for global information.

Answers:

Leila is good at cycling and snowboarding. Ruslan is good at running.

Ex.3 p.55. Listening for specific information. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) expensive

2) trainers

3) marathon

4) cycling

5) 2014

6) Ruslan

Ex.4-5 p.55. Speaking in a form of debate role-play.

Ex.6 p.55. Writing practice.

CD

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.39

Self-assessment.

How true are these? Circle the best number (3 = true, 2 = partly true, 1 = not true)

 

I enjoyed the writing task. Why/Why not?

   3

     2

     1

I answered all parts of the question

     3

     2

     1

I used paragraphs

     3

     2

     1

I used linking words

     3

     2

     1

I used a range of vocabulary and phrases

     3

     2

     1

I checked my spelling and punctuation

     3

     2

     1

I used the correct verb tenses

     3

     2

     1

What I did well: 

Something I think I need to work on next time: 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

·      Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

·      Make a clear plan of writing; Create a description; Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·    writes an appropriate information;

·     writes and edits the work.

 

·    Observation

·    Feedback on the work

·    Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 49

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Books and films: genres.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE15 use infinitive forms after a limited number  of verbs and adjectives; use gerund forms after a limited variety of verbs and prepositions; use some prepositional verbs and begin to use common phrasal verbs on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Recognize and understand vocabulary of film genres, key phrases about likes and dislikes.

·        Do a questionnaire on books and films.

·        Identify verbs that are followed by -ing or to.

Most learners will be able to:

·        talk about likes and dislikes using verbs followed by -ing and to.

Some learners will be able to:

·         produce extended sentences talking about likes and dislikes.

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

Cross curricular links

Literature.

Previous learning

Skills round-up 4.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing the world literature to Kazakh literature.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.56. Answering questions.

1. What is the title of the last books you read?

2. Who is your favourite book character?

3. Why is reading a book better than watching a movie?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.56. Matching task.

Answers:

1) a detective story

2) a romance

3) a horror story

4) a fantasy

5) a comedy

6) a musical

7) an adventure story/film

8) a science fiction story/film

Ex.2 p.57. Sorting exercise.

Ex.3 p.57. Discussing questionnaire.

Ex.4 p.57. Table completion.

Answers:

to: decide, 'd prefer, need

-ing: prefer, love, finish

Ex.5 p.57. Classifying words.

Ex.6 p.57. Cued sentences.

Ex.7 p.57. Speaking in a form of discussion.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.40.

Self-reflection.

Students attach their boat in the appropriate area of the map that reflects their emotions and mood after the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

2. Differentiate between usage of infinitive and gerund forms after a limited variety of verbs, adjectives and prepositions.

 

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    completes sentences using the rules of gerunds and infinitive.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 50

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Movie technology.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S3 give an opinion at discourse level on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the meaning of the text about the history of cinema.

·        use suffixes -er and -or.

Most learners will be able to:

·        discuss and give opinions about the use of technology in the movies.

Some learners will be able to:

·         express ideas about the history of cinema building extended sentences.

Value links

Technology literacy.

Cross curricular links

Literature, Art.

Previous learning

Books and films: genres.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing Hollywood films, British films  to Kazakh films.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        What do you know about the history of cinema?

·        When did people make the first films?

·        Have seen any very old films?

·        What were the films like? (silent, in black and white).

·         How are films continuing to improve now?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.58. Predicting and guessing.

Answers:

1) colour

2) sound

3) 3D

4) surround-sound

5) computer-generated images

6) digital projectors

Ex.2 p.58. Detailed reading. Answering questions.

Answers:

1) In 1902.

2) There were more than 4.000.

3) They listened to a pianist.

4) Some actors lost their jobs because they didn't have good voices or because they could not act and speak at the same time.

5) Surround-sound became popular in the 1970s.

6) With future technology it is possible that we will be able to feel a character's emotions by connecting our bodies to special cinema seats.

Ex.3 p.58. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1) viewer  2) producer  3) actor  4) projector

Ex.4 p.58. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1) director

2) speaker

3) conductor

4) inventor

5) painter

6) translator

Ex.6 p.58. Speaking in a form of discussion.

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.44

Self-reflection.

"Message". Pupils write 11 words of the greatest importance for the topic of the lesson.

·          

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Provide a point of view in conversations and discussions.

2. Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    expresses his/her opinion while answering the questions..

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

Short term plan 51

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Could, can, will be able to

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize the present perfect with still, yet, just and already.

Most learners will be able to:

·        apply the present perfect with still, yet, just and already.

Some learners will be able to:

·        use the present perfect with still, yet, just and already fluently.

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

Cross curricular links

Literature.

Previous learning

Movie technology.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of modal verbs in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

1) Can we create realistic special effects now? (Yes, we can).

2) Can we feel the same emotions as the characters on the screen now? (No, we can't).

3) What was possible in the 1930s? (producers could include songs, ...)

4) What is possible now? (film makers can now create special effects, ...)

5) What will be possible in the future? (we'll be able to connect our bodies ...)

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.59. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) could

2) can

3) be able to

1. Ability and possibility.

2. Film producers couldn't include songs. They can't create very realistic special effects.

We won't be able to feel the character's emotions.

3. Yes, they do.

Ex.2 p.59. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) can't

2) can

3) won't be able to

4) couldn't

5) could

6) 'll be able to

Ex.3 p.59. Filling in gaps.

Answers:

1) could smell

2) couldn't hear

3) couldn't wear

4) can enjoy

5) 'll be able to feel

6) 'll be able to connect

Ex.4 p.59. Completion drill. Asking and answering questions.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.41  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.   Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

2.   Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     selects an appropriate topical vocabulary.

·     completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 52

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: Books and films: features

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7 use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use vocabulary of the features of books and films.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        identify major concepts and ideas from an interview about books.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         talk about films and books building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

 

Cross curricular links

Literature, Art.

 

Previous learning

Could, can, will be able to

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing the world literature, cinema to Kazakh literature, cinema.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·         What is your favourite film?

·         What do you like about the film?

·        Which part of the film do you like best and which character?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.60. Conveying the meaning of new words. Classifying words.

Answers:

Books only: novelist, best-seller, publisher

Films only: special effects, film director, subtitles, blockbuster, scene, cast, script

Both books and films: beginning, ending, theme, plot, character, biography, setting

Ex.2 p.60. Word and meaning matching.

Answers:

1) cast

2) blockbuster

3) novelist

4) best-seller

5) biography

6) script

7) subtitles

8) setting

Ex.3 p.60. Gist listening. Matching task.

Answers:

1) plot, characters

2) characters, ending

3) plot

4) crime, setting, characters

Ex.4 p.60. Listening for specific information. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) school

2) theme

3) science fiction

4) author/writer

5) characters

6) fantasy fiction

7) Australian

8) character

Ex.5 p.60. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.42

Self-reflection.

Pair share

At the end of a lesson learners share with their partner:

·         Three new things they have learnt

·         What they found easy

·         What they found difficult

Something they would like to learn in the future.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3. Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    gives reasonable arguments.

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about a news story.

·    chooses the right answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 53

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Second conditional

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C9 use imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings

8.UE17 use if / unless/ if only in second conditional clauses and wish [that] clauses [present reference]; use a growing variety of relative clauses including why clauses on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize and understand the form and use of the second conditional.

Most learners will be able to:

·        apply the second conditional to talk about imaginary situations.

Some learners will be able to:

·        produce extended sentences using the second conditional.

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

Cross curricular links

Literature.

Previous learning

Books and films: features

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of conditional sentences in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.61. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) did

2) had

3) would

4) 'd

5) wouldn't

Rules

2. past simple

3. would, wouldn't

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.61. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) 'd enjoy; liked

2) had; wouldn't believe

3) wouldn't watch; hated

4) would be; changed

5) wouldn't be; didn't go

6) bought; 'd come

Ex.3 p.61. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) What would you do if you became invisible?

2) If you travel back in time and meet Abai Qunanbaiuly, what would you ask him?

3) If you had a special power, what would it be?

4) If you were a superhero, would you tell your friends?

5) Would you love a person if you discovered he or she was a vampire?

Ex.4 p.61. Speaking in a form of interview.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.43.  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.   Convey fantasy ideas.

2.   Differentiate between if/unless in second conditional clauses.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     uses imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings.

·     make up sentences with the second conditional.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 54

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Expressing preferences and recommending.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.L5 recognise the opinion of the speaker(s) with little or no support in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a dialogue in which people express preferences and recommend.

·        Recognize key phrases for expressing preferences and recommending.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Recommend films to a friend.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Create and act out their own dialogues on the topic.

 

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

 

Cross curricular links

Literature, Art.

 

Previous learning

Second conditional.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing the world literature, cinema to Kazakh literature, cinema.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·   Who has seen a good film recently?

·   Would you recommend this film?

·   Do you think ... would enjoy this film?

·   What do you say to someone if you want to recommend a film?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.62. Picture description.

Answers:

Tom and Caitlin are in the library. They are choosing a film.

Ex.2 p.62. Gist listening.

Answers:

Tom chooses a comedy..

Ex.3 p.62. Classifying phrases. “Who said what?” questions. Role-play.

Answers:

Respond to recommendations: I don't fancy that. I'm not a big fan of ...

Tom: What about this one?, I don't fancy that. I'm not a big fan of ...

Caitlin: I'd only recommend that if ..., if they had (Avatar), I'd recommend that. You might like ..., Try this one.

Ex.4 p.62. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) a  

2) a 

3) b 

Ex.5 p.62. Table completion. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.6 p.62. Creative exercise. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.6 p.62.

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.       Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

2.       Identify the position of speakers in an extended talk with some support.

3.       Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·       brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·      identifies the author’s point of view and circles the correct answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 55

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A review of a book.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of a book review.

·        Use key phrases to express facts and opinions for a review of a book or film.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a book review using writing guide.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Write a book review without support.

 

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

 

Cross curricular links

Literature.

 

Previous learning

Expressing preferences and recommending.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing the world literature to Kazakh literature.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        How do you decide which films you want to see or which books you want to read?

·        What can you read to find information about a book or film?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.63. Reading for general understanding. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) Paragraph 1

2) Paragraph 3, 4

3) Paragraph 2 describes the setting.

4) Paragraph 3 mentions the theme.

5) People who enjoy historical fiction, drama and realism would enjoy this book.

Ex.2 p.63. Classifying phrases.

Answers:

Phrases which introduce an opinion: I'd like to recommend ..., I particularly enjoyed ..., All in all, I (really enjoyed) ..., I'd'/ wouldn't change it.

Phrases which introduce a fact: I have recently read..., The main characters are ..., The setting is ...

Ex.3 p.63. Paraphrasing.

Answers:

1) I particularly enjoyed the characters and the theme. (§ 3)

2) I'd like to recommend this book to people who like history, drama and realism. (§ 2)

3) All in all, I really enjoyed the novel and I wouldn't change the plot or characters. (§ 4)

4) Not used.

5) I have recently read a novel called Ulpan is Her Name. (§ 1).

6) lovely long red dress

Ex.4 p.63. Writing guide.

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.45.

Peer-assessment. Rubric.

 

 

Excellent
20 pts

Acceptable
15 pts

Needs Work
10 pts

Poor
5 pts

Title/Author Sentence

First sentence listing title and author is attention-getting and provides information in addition to title and author. Includes genre and how it fits. 

Title and author are both listed immediately, but no other information is provided in that sentence. 

Title and author are not immediately mentioned but are eventually provided in a sentence or two. 

Title and/or author are not mentioned, or they are written on a separate line instead of in a sentence. 

Characters

The most important characters are mentioned in the review and described. Relationships between characters are clear. 

The most important characters are mentioned and described. Relationships between characters may not be clear. 

Characters are mentioned. Description of characters is minimal and/or confusing. 

The review does not mention essential characters to the story. No elaboration if a main character is mentioned. 

Plot

The plot description is brief, does not seem to give away too much, and is clear and easy to follow. After reading the description, the reader feels curious about the plot. 

The plot description is brief and easy to follow. A bit more information should have been given or too much has been provided. The description lacks interest. 

The plot description is overly complicated, overly simple, or overly boring. Events may also be disorganized. 

The plot description is very minimal, way too detailed, or confusing due to disorganization. 

Recommendation

The review provides a clear recommendation statement with strong reasons/support. The book is recommended to specific types of readers. 

The review provides a clear recommendation statement but without sufficient rationale. It is assumed that every reader would feel the same about the book. 

The review provides a recommendation statement. However, it is general such as, "This is a good book." 

The review does not include a recommendation statement. 

Mechanics

No grammatical, spelling or punctuation errors.

Almost no grammatical, spelling or punctuation errors

A few grammatical spelling, or punctuation errors.

Many grammatical, spelling, or punctuation errors.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form.

2. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

3.    Make a clear plan of writing; Write a text; Check the written draft

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    gives evaluation to the problem.

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    writes an appropriate information.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 56

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Reading for pleasure. Word-building nouns.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.R4  read a growing range of extended fiction and non-fiction texts on familiar and some unfamiliar general and curricular topics

8.UE1  use some abstract nouns and complex noun phrases on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

8.UE3  use a growing variety of compound adjectives and adjectives as participles and some comparative structures  including not as…as, much …than    to indicate degree on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

8.UE12  use comparative degree adverb structures not as quickly as  / far less quickly with regular and irregular adverbs.

use an increased variety of pre-verbal, post-verbal and end-position adverbs  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of a legend about a Kazakh hero.

·        Recall how to use adjectives and adverbs, comparatives and superlatives.

·        Form nouns from verbs and adjectives.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss a Kazakh legend.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in reading extracts.

 

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

 

Cross curricular links

Literature.

 

Previous learning

A review of a book.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing the world literature to Kazakh literature.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.64. Brainstorming.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.64. Detailed reading. Re-ordering of events according to their occurrence in the text.

Answers:

1) Bayburi's wife gave birth to a boy, Alpamys.

2) Bayburi invited Baysari to a big feast.

3) Baysari and Bayburi played a game of kokpar.

4) Baysari went to live in the Kalmyk country.

5) Alpamys ride the horse Baychobar.

6) Alpamys found a message from Gulbarshin.

Ex.3 p.64. Table completion.

Answers:

recently, gladly, well, unfairly, far, fearlessly, fast, finally, clearly.

The adverbs well, far and fast are irregular (they don't end in -ly).

Ex.4 p.64. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) more

2) -est

3) far

4) as

5) less

Ex.5 p.64. Listening for global information. Odd one out.

Ex.6 p.64. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB p.65.

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.  Skim the extended fiction or non-fiction texts to identify the general information.

2.  Apply some abstract nouns and complex noun phrases in the context.

3.  Apply the rule for different type of adjectives.

4.  Apply regular and irregular adverbs and comparative degree structures accurately.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      reads the text.

·      illustrates basic rules for abstract nouns and completes the task.

·      chooses the right form of adjectives.

·      applies the rule for comparative degree adverbs and their usage.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 58

 

Term 3 

Unit 5 "Reading for pleasure"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 5. Project: A film poster.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

8.C9 use imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Revise taught material.

·         Analyze the film poster to find out information.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Demonstrate learned grammar and vocabulary with sure.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

·        Produce a film poster.

 

Value links

Appreciation the art of literature.

 

Cross curricular links

Literature, Art.

 

Previous learning

My country: Reading for pleasure. Word-building nouns.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing the world literature, cinema to Kazakh literature, cinema.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.66. Matching task.

Answers:

1) comedy

2) fantasy

3) horror

4) adventure

5) science fiction

6) musical

Ex.2 p.66. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) novelist

2) best-seller

3) character

4) setting

5) beginning

6) themes

7) ending

8) reader

Ex.3 p.66. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) can't

2) couldn't

3) can

4) wouldn't be able to

5) could

6) will be able to

Ex.4 p.66. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) wouldn't go, had

2)  was/were, would make

3) had, would choose

4) wouldn't like, had

5) met, wouldn't know

Ex.5 p.66. Putting questions.

Answers:

1) Would you go to see a film if it had bad reviews? If a film had bad reviews, would you go to see it?

2) If you were a film director, would you make war films? Would you make war films if you were a film director?

3) If the director had more money, would he choose better actors? Would the director choose better actors if he had more money?

4) Would you like the story if it had a happy ending? If the story had a happy ending, would you like it?

5) If you met Liam Hemsworth, would you know what to say to him? Would you know what to say to Liam Hemsworth if you met him?

Ex.6 p.66. Matching task.

Answers:

1) f 2) b 3) d 4) e 5) c 6) g 7) a

Ex.7 p.66. Listening for global information. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) detective

2) hates

3) has

4) didn't write

5) book

6) would

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB. p.67.

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.      Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

2.      Convey opinions, notion, experiences and feelings creatively.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     makes evaluation of classmates’ answers.

·     uses imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 59

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and language focus: Nouns: art.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE9  use appropriately a variety of active and passive simple present and past forms and past perfect simple forms in narrative and reported speech on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·         Pronounce and name nouns related to art.

·         Recognize and use the present passive affirmative and negative.

Most learners will be able to:

·         Do a quiz on art.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Speak fluently about nature in works of art.

Value links

Appreciating  the  magnificence  of  the  world  around  you.

Cross curricular links

Natural environment, Art.

Previous learning

Review 5. Project: A film poster.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing world-wide and Kazakh works of art.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.68. Answering questions.

1. Do you know any artists or paintings?

2. Are there any endangered species in your country?

3. What are the most important museums in your town or country?

 

Creating a cluster "Art".

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.68. Classifying words.

Answers:

Places: gallery, museum

People: critic, collector

Works of art: painting, sculpture, landscape, masterpiece, portrait

Events: auction, exhibition

Not in any list: art movement

 

Completing questionnaire.

 

Ex.2 p.68. Gist listening. Comparing answers.

Answers:

1) a 2) b 3) c 4) a 5) b  6) b   

 

Ex.3 p.68. Guessing words through definitions.

 

Ex.4 p.68. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) are exhibited

2) aren't usually made

d) isn't found

4) shows

5) don't like

 

Ex.5 p.68. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) is

2) are not, aren't past participle

 

Ex.6 p.68. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) is exhibited, is made

2) isn't shown, is kept

3) aren't owned, are sold

4) is painted, are included

5) is visited, is located

 

Ex.7 p.68. Blank filling. Answering questions.

Answers:

1) is spoken

2) is made

3) are mixed

4) is sung

5) are bought, sold (auctions)

6) are used (glasses)

 

Ex.8 p.68. Putting the words into context. Guessing game.

Answers:

 

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.48

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

2. Apply correctly active and passive simple present and past forms and past perfect simple forms in the context

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about quantities of things people use;

·    writes a short paragraph using correctly grammar structure.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 60

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Reading: The lost world.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of the text about endangered and extinct species.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Discuss and give opinions about endangered species.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about endangered species building extended sentences.  

 

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

 

Cross curricular links

Natural environment.

 

Previous learning

Nouns: art.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Perception of different global problems in learners' own country and around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.70. Conveying the meaning of new words. Prediction based on the title, pictures.

Answers:

Wolly mammoths, they became extinct because they were hunted.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.70. Reading for general understanding.

Ex.3 p.70. Detailed reading. True/false statements.  

Answers:

1) False. They are already extinct.

2) True.

3) False. They study the fossils of animals that lived a long time ago.

4) True.

5) False.

6) True.

Ex.4 p.70. Showing lexical relations (synonyms).

Answers:

1) wandered

2) evidence

3) very large

4) roughly

5) pictures

6) started

7) discovered

8) numerous

Ex.5 p.70. Showing lexical relations.

create  = make

danger = peril

weapon = arm

intelligent = clever

global = worldwide

exist = live

paint = decorate

Ex.6 p.70. Speaking in a form of discussion.

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.44

Self-reflection.

"Message". Pupils write 11 words of the greatest importance for the topic of the lesson.

·          

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.    Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience.

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 61

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Past passive: affirmative and negative.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE9  use appropriately a variety of active and passive simple present and past forms and past perfect simple forms in narrative and reported speech on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize how to change sentences from active to passive.

Most learners will be able to:

·        understand forming affirmative and negative passive sentences.

Some learners will be able to:

·        use past passive: affirmative and negative fluently.

Value links

Being environmentally conscious/friendly, actively providing solutions to global problems.

Cross curricular links

Natural environment.

Previous learning

The lost world.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of past passive in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.71. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

Rules

1) subject 2) agent 3) active 4) by

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.71. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) was found

2) were discovered

3) was built

4) were domesticated

5) weren't painted

6) were decorated

Ex.3 p.71. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.49  

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2. Apply correctly active and passive simple present and past forms and past perfect simple forms in the context

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·      writes a short paragraph using correctly grammar structure.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 62

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: Adjectives: describing art. 

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use adjectives for describing art.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        identify major concepts and ideas from a podcast about a photography exhibition.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         talk about art building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Appreciating  the  magnificence  of  the  world  around  you.

 

Cross curricular links

Natural environment, Art.

 

Previous learning

Past passive: affirmative and negative.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing world-wide and Kazakh exhibitions.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.72. Conveying the meaning of new words.

 

 

 

 

CD

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.72. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Ex.3 p.72. Gist listening. Re-ordering of photos. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

1) Sunrise, Sunset

2) Who has seen the wind?

3) Game Over

4) Underwater Forest

Tamsin's favourite image is 'Underwater Forest'.

Ex.4 p.72. Listening for specific information. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) b

2) a

3) b

4) a

5) c

Ex.5 p.72. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.50

Self-reflection.

 

My participation in the lesson

 

 

My feelings and emotions during the lesson

My difficulties

Valuable thoughts for me from the lesson

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3. Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer.

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about a news story.

·    completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 63

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Present and Past passive: affirmative, negative and questions.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE9  use appropriately a variety of active and passive simple present and past forms and past perfect simple forms in narrative and reported speech on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        recognize the form of present and past passive questions.

Most learners will be able to:

·        apply asking and answering quiz questions using the present and past passive.

Some learners will be able to:

·        use present and past passive: affirmative, negative and questions fluently.

Value links

Appreciating the  magnificence of the world around  you.

Cross curricular links

Art.

Previous learning

Adjectives: describing art.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing world-wide and Kazakh galleries.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.73. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

a) are b) created c) is d) What e) Were f) was

1) Sentences a, c and d are in the past.

2) Sentences b, e and f are in the present.

3) the past participle.

4) Questions are formed by putting the correct form of be in front of the subject of the passive sentence. A question word (What, Why, etc.) can also be used in from of be.

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.73. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) was named

2) was shown

3) was criticized

4) are called

5) were painted

6) were kept

7) were bought

8) were damaged

9) was sold

10) are owned

11) are seen

Ex.3 p.73. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) What was the building used as in the past?

2) Where are bigger works of art exhibited?

3) How much are visitors charged to go into the gallery?

4) Who was the Guggenheim Museum built?

5) When was the Guggenheim Museum built?

6) What is the Guggenheim Museum used for?

Ex.4 p.73. Putting the words into context (writing questions).

Ex.4 p.73. Speaking in a form of role-play.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.51

Self-assessment.

 

Plus

Minus

Interesting

 

 

 

 

If children liked something at the lesson they put it into the column “plus”, if they

didn’t like or were bored during some part of the lesson, they can use the column “minus”, the

section “interesting” is for those activities which were interesting during the lesson.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

3. Apply correctly active and passive simple present and past forms and past perfect simple forms in the context

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking;

·    writes a short paragraph using correctly grammar structure.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 64

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Expressing doubt.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.L5 recognise the opinion of the speaker(s) with little or no support in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a dialogue in which people express preferences and recommend.

·        Recognize key phrases for expressing preferences and recommending.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Recommend films to a friend.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Create and act out their own dialogues on the topic.

 

Value links

Appreciating the  magnificence of the world around  you.

 

Cross curricular links

Art.

 

Previous learning

Present and Past passive: affirmative, negative and questions.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing world-wide and Kazakh works of art.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.74. Picture description.

Answers:

The painting is an example of abstract art.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.74. Gist listening. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Lucy dislikes the picture because she things the face is a bit strange, as of a child painted it.

Ex.3 p.74. Classifying phrases. “Who said what?” questions. Role-play.

Answers:

Lucy says all the phrases.

Ex.4 p.74. Conveying the meaning of new items. Blank-filling.

Answers:

Look = see here

Look like = resemble

Looks = appears to be

Looks as if = seems as though

1) look

2) looks

3) looks like

4) looks like

5) look

Ex.5 p.74. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) look as if

2) like

3) looks

4) looks like

5) like

Ex.6 p.74. Creative exercise. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

CD

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.6 p.74

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.       Identify the position of speakers in an extended talk with some support.

2.       Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      identifies the author’s point of view and circles the correct answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 65

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A description of a piece of art.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of a model text about a piece of art.

·        Use key phrases for describing a painting.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write about a piece of art using writing guide.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Write about a piece of art without support.

 

Value links

Appreciating the  magnificence of the world around  you.

 

Cross curricular links

Art.

 

Previous learning

Expressing doubt.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing world-wide and Kazakh works of art.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Picture description p. 68-69.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.75. Reading for general understanding. Matching headings with paragraphs.

Answers:

1) d

2) a

3) b

Ex.2 p.75. Discussion questions.

Answers:

1) In 1891.

2) simple, vivid, exotic, unconventional

3) In the National Gallery, London.

Ex.3 p.75. Classifying phrases.

Answers:

... in the foreground/background..., (Surprised!) was first exhibited ... This type of work is typical of ... / Their work often shows ... .

Ex.4 p.75. Showing lexical relations (synonyms).

Answers:

a) fierce

b) distant

c) unconventional

d) vivid

1) original

2) amusing

3) sombre

4) symbolize

Ex.5 p.75. Writing guide.

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.53

Peer-assessment.Картинки по запросу smilies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your text is interesting to read

 

 

 

Your text is well structured

 

 

 

Your English sounds fluent. You vary your sentences in length and structure

 

 

 

You know a lot of words

 

 

 

You spell the words right

 

 

 

Your text is grammatically correct and your sentences make sense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form.

2. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

3.    Make a clear plan of writing; Write a text; Check the written draft

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    gives evaluation to the problem.

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·    writes an appropriate information.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 66

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Tamgaly petroglyphs.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the history of rock art in Kazakhstan.

·        Use much, many, most, a little , a few, less, fewer, none.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Identify the main idea in the text.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about rock art.

 

Value links

Appreciating  the  magnificence  of  the  world  around  you.

 

Cross curricular links

Natural environment, Art.

 

Previous learning

A description of a piece of art.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

It is promoted by raising awareness when comparing world-wide and Kazakh works of art.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

·      Look at the photo and guess where it is.

·      What can you see on the rock on the left side of the photo?

·      Guess who carved or panted these images?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.76. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries.

Answers:

Petroglyphs, bull, gorge, slope

Ex.2 p.76. Detailed reading. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) In the south-east of Kazakhstan.

2) They were discovered in 1957.

3) There are more than 5000 petroglyphs.

4) They used tools made of stone and metal.

5) Because for the people who lived in the Bronze Age, the bull was a symbol of power.

 

Ex.3 p.76. Table completion. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) much-many-more-(the most)

2) (a) little-less-(the)least

3) (a)few-fewer-(the)fewest

 

1) quantity

2) before, after

3) uncomfortable, countable

4) than

5) not any

 

Ex.4 p.76. Paraphrasing.

Answers:

1) The train ticket to Almaty costs less.

2) I've got three cameras, and none of them work.

3) There are fewer tourists than in Ulytau.

4) Most (of the) scientists support the idea.

5) Three isn't much traffic on a Sunday.

 

Ex.5 p.76. Writing practice.

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.5p.76

Self-assessment.

Картинки по запросу handFive”. Children draw a picture of their hand and write the most important things about the lesson on each finger. The thumb - something interesting, the index finger - something difficult, the middle one - something that was not enough, the ring finger - the mood, the little finger - the suggestions.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.  Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

2.  Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion.

3.  Make a clear plan of writing; Create a description; Check the written draft.

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      makes evaluation of classmates’ answers

·      recalls some events based on his/her own experience.

·      writes an appropriate information;

·      writes and edits the work.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 68

 

Term 3 

Unit 6 "The natural world"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Geography. Natural environments.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1  understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Recognize and use vocabulary of natural environments.

·        Identify the meaning of the text about tropical rainforests..

Most learners will be able to:

·        Write about coral reefs in accordance with the structure.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Write about coral reefs without support.

Value links

Appreciating  the  magnificence  of  the  world  around  you.

Cross curricular links

Natural environment.

Previous learning

My country: Tamgaly petroglyphs.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Perception of different global problems in learners' own country and around the world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Brainstorming "Rainforest".

·        What do you know about tropical rainforests?

·        What do you know about the conditions in a rainforest?

·        What types of animals and plants are there and where do they live in the forest?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.77. Conveying the meaning of new words. Use of dictionaries. Skimming. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) vegetation

2) wildlife

3) layers

4) mammals

5) shrubs

6) natural

 

Ex.2 p.77. Listening for global information. Checking comprehension.  

Text completion.

3) recycles

4) community

5) facilities

6) save

 

Ex.3 p.77. Reading for specific understanding. Filling out diagram.

Answers:

1) emergent layer

2) canopy

3) understorey

4) forest floor

 

Ex.4 p.77. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZiULxLLP32s

 

https://www.teacherspayteachers.com/Product/REEFSGeography-Worksheets-and-Activities-637593

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.54-55

Self-assessment.

Students express their attitude to the lesson and give self-assessment using the method: “Six thinking hats”:

·     Green: How can you use today's learning in different subjects?

·     Red: How do you feel about your work today?

·     White: What have you leant today?

·     Black: What were the weaknesses of your work?

·     Blue: How much progress have you made in this lesson? (Now I can, I still need to work on, I've improved in, Today I learnt... )

·     Yellow: What did you like about today's lesson?

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

2.    Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics

3.         Make a clear plan of writing; Create a description. Check the written draft.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     chooses the right answer.

·     writes a letter with introduction, main body and conclusion.

·     writes an appropriate information;

·     writes and edits the work.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 69

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and language focus: Transport: nouns.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE7  use a variety of simple perfect forms to express recent, indefinite and unfinished past on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·         Pronounce and name verbs to do with travelling and transport.

·         Recognize and use the form of the past perfect.

Most learners will be able to:

·         Do a questionnaire about famous explorers.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Speak fluently about past event using the past perfect.

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

Previous learning

CLIL: Geography. Natural environments.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.81. Answering questions.

1. Who is the most famous explorer from your country?

2. Do you like to travel? Why/ Why not?

3. How do you usually get to school?

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.80. Classifying words. Matching task.

Answers:

Land: bus, camel, car, bicycle, train, horse, lorry, tram

Water: boat, ship, submarine

Air: plane, helicopter, spacecraft, airship

Marco Polo photo - camels; Amelia Earhart photo - plane; Roald Amundsen photo - ship

Ex.2 p.80. Completing questionnaire. Gist listening. Comparing answers.

Answers:

1) a 2) b 3) c 4) b 5) c  

Ex.3 p.80. Matching extracts with photos. Expressing opinion (reacting to a text).

Answers:

1) a 2) b 3) d 4) e 5) c  

Ex.4 p.80. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

a) had

b) never

c) before

Ex.5 p.80. Paraphrasing.

Answers:

1) hadn't seen/ had never seen

2) had made

3) had tried

4) hadn't eaten

5) had sailed

Ex.6 p.80. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) had seen

2) got

3) arrived

4) hadn't flown

5) had taken

6) moved

Ex.7 p.80. Putting the words into context.

 

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

Fact finder table

Name of explorer      

 

Dates and length of expedition

 

Purpose of expedition           

 

Food

 

Shelter

 

Transport

 

Clothing         

 

Other equipment        

 

Difficulties faced       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.56

Self-assessment.

Students express their attitude to the lesson and give self-assessment using the method: “Six thinking hats”:

·     Green: How can you use today's learning in different subjects?

·     Red: How do you feel about your work today?

·     White: What have you leant today?

·     Black: What were the weaknesses of your work?

·     Blue: How much progress have you made in this lesson? (Now I can, I still need to work on, I've improved in, Today I learnt... )

·         Yellow: What did you like about today's lesson?

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion.

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

3. Form simple perfect forms for recent, indefinite and unfinished past actions

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    recalls some events based on his/her own experience.

·    uses the topical vocabulary while talking about quantities of things people use;

·    uses the simple perfect forms accurately.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 70

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Reading: Youth travel.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S3 give an opinion at discourse level on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

8.UE14 use  some prepositions before nouns and adjectives
use prepositions as, like to indicate manner
use dependent prepositions following adjectives  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of the text about why young people travel, where they go, what they do.

·        Apply vocabulary with preposition  by, off, in and on.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Discuss your own ideas about travel and transport.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about travel and transport building extended sentences. 

 

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

 

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

 

Previous learning

Transport: nouns.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·      What does the word "nomad " mean?

·      What is the difference between a traditional nomad and a modern nomad?

·      Would you like to be modern nomads?

·      What would you enjoy?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.82. Prediction based on the title, pictures. Reading for general understanding. Comparing answers.

Answers:

2, 4, 6.

 

Ex.2 p.82. Detailed reading. “Who said what?” questions.

Answers:

1) more than 50% of the participants in the survey

2) Peter Jones

3) Peter Jones

4) Peter Jones

5) Maral Akhmadieva

6) Maral Akhmadieva

7) 25% of the participants in the survey

 

Ex.3 p.82. Completion drill.

Answers:

1) on

2) on

3) in

4) in

5) off

6) by

 

Ex.4 p.82. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) on

2) by

3) on

4) in

5) off

6) in

 

Ex.5 p.82. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.60

Self-reflection.

Students attach their boat in the appropriate area of the map that reflects their emotions and mood after the lesson.

·          

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Provide a point of view in conversations and discussions.

2. Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

3. Employ the rule for nouns and adjectives in common prepositional phrases in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    expresses his/her opinion while answering the questions.

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

·    underlines adjectives in common prepositional phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 71

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Reported speech: tense changes.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE11 use some reported speech forms for statements, questions and commands: say, ask, tell including reported requests on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify direct speech and reported speech.

Most learners will be able to:

·        understand the tense changes used in reported speech.

Some learners will be able to:

·        change direct speech into reported speech fluently.

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

Previous learning

Youth travel.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of Reported speech in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.83. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

 

present simple

present continuous

present perfect

past simple

will

past simple

past continuous

past perfect

past perfect

would

 

Answers:

1) past  2) pronouns  3) say

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.83. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) told

2) said

3) told

4) said

5) said

 

Ex.3 p.83. Transformation exercise.

Answers:

1) Assel told us that she was writing a book about the travels of the Moroccan explorer Ibn Battuta.

 2) Ilyas and Maxim said that they always read online reviews before they booked a holiday.

 3) Jake said that he had never tried koumiss before.

4) The reporter said that about five million people had travelled to Kazakhstan in 2017.

5) The tourists said that they would buy some souvenirs from the bazaar.

6) Yerzhan told his sister that he had lost the guidebook that she had given to him.

 

Ex.4 p.83. Speaking in a form of interview. Summarizing.

 

Extra task. Writing practice.

Answers:

2) 'We will book the train tickets online,' they said.

3) 'I don't want to go on a backpacking holiday", Mukhtar told me.

4) 'I'd visited ten different countries by the age of 16,'said Elmira.

5) 'Adventure is just bad planning,' the famous explorer Roald Amundsen once said / said the famous explorer Roald Amundsen.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.57

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2. Apply the rule for reported speech forms for statements in the context

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·      chooses the correct answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 72

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: The future of transport. 

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.L6 deduce meaning from context with little or no support in extended talk on a growing range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use verbs describing movement.

·         identify forms of transport discussed in a radio programme.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        discuss various forms of transport and their benefits and drawbacks.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         talk about the future of transport building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

 

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

 

Previous learning

Reported speech: tense changes.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Brainstorming "New forms of transport" (electric cars, drones, etc).

What are the advantages and disadvantages of new forms of transport might be?

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.84. Conveying the meaning of new words. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) stopped off

2) takes off / will take off / is going to take off

3) turn back

4) set off

5) pull off

6) went up

Ex.2 p.84. Gist listening. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

electric cars, solar-powered cars, driverless cars and space elevators

 

Ex.3 p.84. Listening for specific information. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) a

2) b

3) a

4) b

5) b

6) b

 

Ex.4 p.84. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.58

Self-assessment.

Most ……. thing

Ask learners what was the most, e.g. useful, interesting, surprising, etc. thing they learned today. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2. Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

3. Figure out the content of a conversation with some support in extended talk.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience

·    chooses the correct answer.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 73

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Reported questions, commands and requests.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE11 use some reported speech forms for statements, questions and commands: say, ask, tell including reported requests on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the difference between reported questions, commands and requests.

Most learners will be able to:

·        identify the appropriate verbs and phrases to report questions, commands and requests.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply reported questions, commands and requests fluently.

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

Previous learning

Youth travel.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of Reported speech in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Brainstorming.

Look at the photo p.85 and say where it is and what it is (It's the Astana Museum of the Future).

Would you like to visit the museum and what would you do there?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.85. Recognition exercise. Table completion.

Answers:

Reported questions:

The reporter asked Samat whether the red car was his.

She asked him what the main differences between electric and petrol cars were.

She asked him if he had been in a driverless car.

Reported commands and requests:

She asked him to show her how to drive the car. (request)

Samat told the reporter not to press that button. (command)

He told her to turn left after the traffic lights. (command)

 

Ex.2 p.85. Listening for global information. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) Is that red car yours?

2) What are the main differences between electric and petrol cars?

3) Can you show me how to drive it?

4) Don't press that button.

5) Have you been in one (a driverless car)?

6) Turn left after the traffic lights.

Answers:

1) ask  2) do  3) if  4) to  5) not

 

Ex.3 p.85. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) whether  2) she wanted  3) told  4) not to  5) to turn

 

Ex.4 p.85. Making questions.

Answers:

 

Ex.5 p.85. Transformation exercise.

Answers:

1) The teacher asked us if / whether we had seen a solar-powered car before.

2) The teacher told us not to touch the cars.

3) The teacher told us to go to the Moon Hall on the seventh floor.

4) The teacher asked us what hydroelectric power was.

5) The teacher told us to look at the model of a submarine.

6) The teacher asked us to close the door.

7) The teacher asked us which of the cars we liked the most.

8) The teacher told us not to make so much noise. He / She told us to be quiet.

 

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.59

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2. Apply the rule for reported speech forms for statements in the context

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·      chooses the correct answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 74

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Apologizing and explaining.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.L1 understand with little or no support the main points in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a dialogue in which people express preferences and recommend.

·        Recognize key phrases for expressing preferences and recommending.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Recommend films to a friend.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Create and act out their own dialogues on the topic.

 

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

 

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

 

Previous learning

Reported questions, commands and requests.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·       What is the difference between the words 'apology' (noun) and 'apologize' (verb)?

·       Think of last time you apologized.

·       Who did you apologize to?

·       What did you apologize for?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.86. Picture description.

Answers:

Jane is not looking at Mark and her facial expression suggests she is not happy. Mark is looking sympathetic or apologetic with his hand on Jane's arm.

 

 Ex.2 p.86. Gist listening. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Mark couldn't call Jane because he hadn't charged his phone.

 

Ex.3 p.86. Classifying phrases. “Who said what?” questions. Role-play.

Answers:

1) mean (Mark)

2) don't (Mark)

3) sorry (Mark)

4) worry (Mark)

5) happen (Mark)

 

Ex.4 p.86. Matching task.

Answers:

A 1, 3

B 7, 8

C 2, 4, 6

D 5

 

Ex.5 p.86. Speaking in a form of dialogue.

 

Ex.6 p.86. Creative exercise. Speaking in a form of dialogue.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.6 p.86

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.       Identify the main idea in extended talks with little support.

2.       Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      selects an appropriate answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 75

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A memorable journey. Project: A travel brochure.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

8.UE14 use  some prepositions before nouns and adjectives
use prepositions as, like to indicate manner
use dependent prepositions following adjectives  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Understand a text that tells a story.

·        Use time phrases with prepositions.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Consolidate the language of the units in a personalized context.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Write an original text.

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

Previous learning

Apologizing and explaining.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        What do you know about such places as Bayanaul and Lake Zhasybay?

 

Картинки по запросу Lake ZhasybayПохожее изображение

 

 

·        What is there to see and do there?

·        Where is it?

·        Are these good places to go to on a school trip?

 

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=etlvDOAj0as

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.87. Discussion questions.

Ex.2 p.87. Reading for general understanding. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Yes, the writer enjoyed the trip. Key sentences and phrases: I was very excited, amazing, beautiful, I was tired but really happy, I learnt a lot, made some new friends.

Ex.3 p.87. Sentence completion task.

Answers:

1) from  2) to  3) by  4) on  5) By  6) At

Ex.4 p.87. Table completion.

Answers:

1) that day

2) last

3) the following year

4) two years before

5) there

Ex.5 p.87. Transformation exercise.

Ex 6 p.87. Writing guide.

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB p.91

Peer-assessment.Картинки по запросу smilies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your text is interesting to read

 

 

 

Your text is well structured

 

 

 

Your English sounds fluent. You vary your sentences in length and structure

 

 

 

You know a lot of words

 

 

 

You spell the words right

 

 

 

Your text is grammatically correct and your sentences make sense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion;

2.Make a clear plan of writing; Create a description. Check the written draft.

3. Employ the rule for nouns and adjectives in common prepositional phrases in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        recalls some events based on his/her own experience;

·        writes an appropriate information.

·        underlines adjectives in common prepositional phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 76

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Almaty Metro.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE14 use  some prepositions before nouns and adjectives
use prepositions as, like to indicate manner
use dependent prepositions following adjectives  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a text about the metro system in Almaty.

·        Use adjectives to describe a transport system.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         Use the present simple to talk about timetables and schedules.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about a metropolitan railway.

 

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

 

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

 

Previous learning

A memorable journey.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

·        Look at the photo p.85 and say where do you think it is.

·        What do you like or dislike about it?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-QchmRGNNlk

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.88. Matching task. Expressing opinion.

Answers:

1) convenient

2) safe

3) comfortable

4) cheap

5) fast

6) reliable

7) clean

8) modern

 

Ex.2 p.88. Detailed reading. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) true.

2) false - In future, the Almaty Metro will have 45 kilometres of track.

3) false - Yeldos said that the trains were always on time.

4) true

5) false - Tolkyn said she liked all the stations.

 

Ex.3 p.88. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) present

2) time

 

Ex.4 p.88. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) takes off

2) closes

3) starts

4) finishes

5) set off

6) is

 

Ex.5 p.88. Speaking in a form of discussion.

Cross discussion.

 

Arguments for

Argument against

1.

 

2.

 

3.

 

Conclusion

Yes, because …

No, because

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.61

Self-reflection.

"Message". Pupils write 11 words of the greatest importance for the topic of the lesson.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion;

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3. Employ the rule for nouns and adjectives in common prepositional phrases in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        recalls some events based on his/her own experience;

·        uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·        underlines adjectives in common prepositional phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 78

 

Term 3 

Unit 7 "Travel and transport"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Language and literature: Adventure stories. Review Unit 7.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S8  recount some extended stories and events on a  range of general and curricular topics

8.R4  read a growing range of extended fiction and non-fiction texts on familiar and some unfamiliar general and curricular topics

8.UE14 use some prepositions before nouns and adjectives
use prepositions as, like to indicate manner
use dependent prepositions following adjectives  on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Understand an extract from a classic work of literature.

·        Use prepositions with sure.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Discuss an adventure story.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Analyse the style and content of the story.

Value links

Travelling to broaden the mind.

Cross curricular links

Geography, History.

Previous learning

My country: Almaty Metro.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Learning about other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        What books have you read recently?

·        Give details of the author, the characters, and the story.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.89. Using picture related to the text for discussion (prediction).

·         What can you see in the photo?

·         Guess where and when the story is set.

·         What are the characters?

Reading for general understanding. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Huckleberry is running away from his father and Jim is a runaway slave that people are looking for.

 

Ex.2 p.89. Blank-filling.  

1) on  2) On  3) to  4) in  5) of  6) at  7) off  8) out  9) to

10) out  11) of  12) at   13) off   14) in  

 

Ex.3 p.89. Reading for specific understanding. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) false

2) true

3) false

4) don't know

5) don't know

6) true

7) false

8) false

 

Ex.4 p.89. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

Ex.1 p.90. Word and meaning matching.

Answers:

1) submarine 2) lorry 3) bicycle 4) boat 5) camel 6) bus

 

Ex.2 p.90. Gap-filling.

Answers:

1) down  2) off  3) up/back  4) back 5) off/ up 6) off

 

Ex.3 p.90. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) Sarah had never tried beshbarmak before she travelled to Kazakhstan.

2) I didn't remember his name, but I was sure I had met him before.

3) Galymzhan was hungry because he hadn't had breakfast.

4) After we had packed our suitcases, we went to the airport.

5) Before they travelled to Japan, Inzhu and Bibugul had visited Mongolia and Kyrgyzstan.

6) Kamilla knew Petropavl so well because she had grown up there.

 

Ex.4 p.90. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) said  2) asked/told 3) asked/told 4) asked 5) said 6) told

 

Ex.5 p.90. Transformation exercise.

Answers:

1)    He said (that) he was writing a book about space travel.

2)    Irina asked Nurgaly what time the programme started.

3)    Daulet told them to call him the next / following day.

4)    The teacher told the students not to be late.

5)    Akbota said (that) she had learnt to drive two years before.

6)    Kuanysh asked us where we had bought the skateboard

 

Ex.6 p.90. Completion drill.

Answers:

1) I couldn't 2) You see 3) really sorry 4) it happened 5) Don't 6) won't happen

 

Ex.7 p.90. Listening for specific information. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) 1492  2) Atlantic 3) Vikings 4) 500 5) East Asia 6) Spain 7) tomatoes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.62-63

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Skim the extended fiction or non-fiction texts to identify the general information;

2. Retell extended stories and episodes on a given topic;

3. Employ the rule for nouns and adjectives in common prepositional phrases in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        reads the text;

·        retells the story in the order of sequences;

·     underlines adjectives in common prepositional phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 79

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and language focus: Action and protest.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C9 use imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE8  use a growing variety of future forms including present continuous and present simple with future meaning on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·         Pronounce and name words to do with action and protest.

·         Recognize and use will, won't, might and might not to make predictions.

Most learners will be able to:

·         Do a questionnaire on attitudes to taking action.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Express certainty and possibility fluently.

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

Cross curricular links

Biology, Geography.

Previous learning

CLIL: Language and literature: Adventure stories. Review Unit 7.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Viewing personal peculiarities through Kazakh culture and customs from around the world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.92. Answering questions.

1. Is there a problem with food waste in your country?

2. What is a food bank?

3. What problem does farming cause?

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.92. Table completion. Completing questionnaire.

Answers:

1) meeting

2) organize

3) march

4) donate

5) collection

6) protest

7) volunteer

8) supporter

9) sponsor

10) petition

11) ban

12) boycott

13) campaign

Ex.2 p.92. Gist listening. Matching task.

Answers:

1) e 2) a 3) c 4) d 5) b

Sentences which express certainty: b, d and e  

Ex.3 p.93. Completion drill. Classifying phrases.

Answers:

1) idea

2) help

3) about

4) think

5) don't

6) work

7) thing

8) could

Make suggestions:

Let's (organize a meeting).

How about (starting an email campaign)?

I think we should try ...

Why don't we (boycott the shops)?

I think the best thing to do is...

We could write to the council.

Comment on suggestions:

That's not a bad idea.

That should / could / might help a bit.

That will definitely work better.

Ex.4 p.93. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Ex.5 p.93. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) c, d  2) a, b  3) 'II, won't  4) don't

Ex.6 p.93. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Answers:

1) Ilyas will donate some money.

2) Nastya might become a vegetarian.

3) People might not listen to us.

4) I won't live here in 2030.

5) The government will help farmers.

6) The world might be a better place one day.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ex.7 p.93. Putting the words into context.

Extra task. Writing practice.

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.64

Self-assessment.

Pair share

At the end of a lesson learners share with their partner:

·         Three new things they have learnt

·         What they found easy

·         What they found difficult

·         Something they would like to learn in the future.

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Convey opinions, notion, experiences and feelings creatively;

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3. Demonstrate the ability to use future forms including present continuous with future meaning in the context.

4. Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        uses imagination to express thoughts, ideas, experiences and feelings;

·        uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·        develops his/her personal objectives using appropriate future forms.

·        completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

Short term plan 80

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Reading: The food waste scandal.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S3 give an opinion at discourse level on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of the text about freegans and food waste.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Synthesize information from the reading passage and use it as the basis for discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Express opinion about a campaign against food waste.

 

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

 

Cross curricular links

Biology.

 

Previous learning

Action and protest.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Viewing personal peculiarities through Kazakh culture and customs from around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·      What do you understand by the expression "food waste"?

·      What are food waste issues? (food mountains, sell by dates on food).

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.94. Prediction based on the title, pictures. Reading for general understanding. Comparing answers.

Answers:

1) The photos show:

a person with a bag of food that has been thrown away, to show the quantity of food that is wasted, people who work on a food-sharing campaign, volunteers organizing food boxes so food can be redistributed.

2) Supermarkets throw food away if it is imperfect, for example, not all the same size, or if it doesn't look nice.

3) Freegans are people who believe it is wrong to throw food away and who get most of their food from supermarket waste.

Ex.2 p.94. Detailed reading. Multiple choice questions.

Answers:

1) c  2) a  3) c  4) c  5) c  6) a

Ex.3 p.94. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) pot

2) slice

Ex.4 p.94. Matching task.

Answers:

1)    a slice of cake

2)    a pot of cream

3)    a bunch of bananas

4)    a fillet offish

5)    a slice of cheese

6)    a pinch of salt

7)    a bunch of grapes

8)    a fillet of steak

Ex.5 p.94. Speaking in a form of discussion.

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.68

Self-reflection.

 

My participation in the lesson

 

 

My feelings and emotions during the lesson

My difficulties

Valuable thoughts for me from the lesson

 

 

·          

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Provide a point of view in conversations and discussions.

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences

3. Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    expresses his/her opinion while answering the questions.

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 81

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

First conditional review. 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE17 use if / unless/ if only in second conditional clauses and wish [that] clauses [present reference]; use a growing variety of relative clauses including why clauses on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the form and use of the first conditional.

Most learners will be able to:

·        reproduce the sentences with the first conditional.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply the first conditional in speech fluently.

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

Cross curricular links

Biology.

Previous learning

The food waste scandal.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of Conditional sentences in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Do you like to sing songs? Let's listen to Bruno Mars’s song “Count on me”.

Students listen to Bruno Mars’s song. Complete the missing words, then sing.

 

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o8pAIO3CPBY

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.95. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) boycott  2) 'll listen  3) won't change  4) protest Ex.2 p.95. Blank-filling.

Answers:

2) the present simple

3) will, won't

Ex.3 p.95. Opening the brackets.

Answers:

1) supports, will win

2) ask, will volunteer

3) will boycott, sells

4) won't know, don't organize

5) ban, won't be

6) won't sponsor, don't finish

Ex.4 p.95. Sentence completion.

Ex.5 p.95. Speaking in a form of interview.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.65

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2. Differentiate between if/unless in first conditional clauses.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·    make up sentences with the first conditional.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Appendix

Let’s sing!!

1.  Complete with the missing words.

Count on me by Bruno Mars

If you ever find yourself stuck on the middle of the _________

Пятно 2: light – sea - worldI’ll sail the __________ to find you

if you ever find yourself lost in the dark and you can’t see

I’ll be the________ to guide you

 

Chorus

Find out what were made of

Пятно 1: friends -  count – need-when we are called to help our friends in _________

you can ________ on me like 1 2 3

I’ll be there

and i know when I need it

I can count on you like 4 3 2

and you’ll be there

cause that’s what _________ are supposed to do

ooh yeah! oooooooh!...

Пятно 1: song - asleep – every day 


If you’re tossing and your turning and you just can’t fall _________

I’ll sing a _______ beside you

and if you ever forget how much you really mean to me

_________ I will remind you

 

Chorus

 

Пятно 1: like – goodbye – 
 help – cause – cry-
Find out what were made of

when we are called to _______ our friends in need

you can count on me _______ 1 2 3

I’ll be there

and I know when I need it

I can count on you like 4 3 2

and you’ll be there

_________ that’s what friends are supposed to do

ooooh yeah..! ooooooh oooooh..

 

You’ll always have my shoulder when you _______

I’ll never let go, never say _________

 

you can count on me like  1 2 3

I’ll be there

and I know when I need it

I can count on you like  4 3 2

and you’ll be there

cause that’s what friends are supposed to do

oooh yeah! ooooooh, ooooooh

 

You count on me cause I can count on youu...

 

 

Short term plan 82

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: Phrasal verbs: a campaign. 

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use phrasal verbs relating to campaigning.

·         understand how to make their own examples.

·        identify the meaning of an interview with a campaigner who wants to save a rainforest. 

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        synthesize information from the interview about rainforests and use it as the basis for discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         talk about organizing a campaign building extended sentences.

 

Value links

Appreciating  the  magnificence  of  the  world  around  you.

 

Cross curricular links

Biology.

 

Previous learning

First conditional review. 

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Perception of different global problems in learners' own country and around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·         Where can you find rainforests in the world?

·         What do you know about rainforests?

 

 

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=106&v=OS2VrgRFCzc

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.96. Conveying the meaning of new words. Matching task. Gist listening.

Answers:

1) end up

2) set up

3) carry on

4) look after

5) find out

6) wipe out

7) join in

8) sign up for

Ex.2 p.96. Sentence completion.

Ex.3 p.96. Prediction. Listening for general information.

Answers:

Questions 3 and 7 are not in the interview.

Ex.4 p.96. Listening for specific information. Comprehension questions.

1.     Molly's campaign is about saving rainforests.

2.      She is hoping to make about £3,000 from sponsors.

3.      She thinks the biggest problem will be illness.

4.      She thinks she'll carry on if there are piranhas in the river.

5.      Molly's dad is going to be with her to look after her while she's there.

6.     The documentary is going to be on TV in October.

Ex.5 p.96. Speaking in a form of discussion.

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.66

Self-assessment.

 

 

Low Performance

At or Below Average

At or Above Average

Exemplary Performance

Scoring

1 point

2 points

3 points

4 points

Requirements/Directions

Student demonstrates no understanding of the requirements; fails to follow directions

Student meets some of the requirements but fails to follow many of the directions

Student follows all directions and meets all requirements for this assignment

Student follows all directions and exceeds the requirements for this assignment

Propaganda Techniques

None of the identified propaganda techniques are used in the campaign

One to two propaganda techniques are incorpo­rated into the campaign

Three to four propagan­da techniques are incor­porated into the campaign

All propaganda tech­niques are incorporated into the campaign

Explanation of purpose

The message is merely stated with no explana­tion; no identification of propaganda used

The message is explained, but no reasons are given to support the propaganda choices

The message is ex­plained and reasons are given to support the propaganda choices

The message is ex­plained and several specific, valid reasons are given for each of the propaganda techniques used

Spelling/Grammar

More than four grammar or spelling errors that affect meaning

Three to four grammar or spelling errors that affect meaning

One to two grammar or spelling errors that affect meaning

No grammar or spelling errors

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.    Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

2.    Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

3.    Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·      identifies sentences as True and False.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 83

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Be going to and will. 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE8  use a growing variety of future forms including present continuous and present simple with future meaning on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify difference between be going to and will.

Most learners will be able to:

·        use the sentences with going to and will with some support.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply be going to and will to talk about the future fluently.

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

Cross curricular links

Biology.

Previous learning

Phrasal verbs: a campaign. 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of Conditional sentences in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.97. Completion drill. Matching task.

Answers:

a) will  b) won't  c) 'm going to  d)is, going to e) 'll f) will

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

 Ex.2 p.97. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) are going to run

2) will sponsor

3) 'll make

4) will be

5) 're going to start

6) 's going to run

7) 'll train

Ex.3 p.97. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1) are, going to

2) are, going to

3) will

4) are, going to

5) 'll

6) will

Ex.4 p.97. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) be going to

2) will

Ex.5 p.97. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) 'm going to

2) Will you

3) I'll

4) I'll

5) Are you going to

6) I'll

Ex.6 p.97. Creative exercise.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.67

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2. Demonstrate the ability to use future forms including present continuous with future meaning in the context.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·    illustrates knowledge of the future tense with will for predictions.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 84

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Plans and arrangements.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.L5 recognise the opinion of the speaker(s) with little or no support in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE8  use a growing variety of future forms including present continuous and present simple with future meaning on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a dialogue in which someone talks about their plan to do a sponsored event.

·        Recognize key phrases for talking about donating money.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply the use of the present continuous for future arrangements.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Talk about their plans and arrangements fluently.

 

Value links

Initiative and Responsibility.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Be going to and will. 

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·       What are your plans for the weekend?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.96. Picture description.

Ex.2 p.96. Gist listening. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Adam thinks he'll raise 150 pounds.

Ex.3 p.96. Blank-filling. “Who said what?” questions. Role-play.

Answers:

1) minute (Adam)

2) do (Mr Johnson)

3) for (Mr Johnson)

4) for (Adam)

5) to raise (Adam)

6) like (Mr Johnson)

Ex.4 p.96. Classifying structures.

Answers:

a) present continuous

b) be going to

Ex.5 p.96. Table completion. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.6 p.96. Creative exercise. Speaking in a form of dialogue.

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.6 p.98

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2.Identify the position of speakers in an extended talk with some support.

3.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

4. Demonstrate the ability to use future forms including present continuous with future meaning in the context..

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·  selects useful information and plans the answer.

·   identifies the author’s point of view and circles the correct answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·      illustrates knowledge of the future tense with will for predictions.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 85

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: A formal letter.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Understand a model formal letter.

·        Use key phrases for writing a formal letter.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Understand how to explain things.

·        Write a formal letter with support.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Write a formal letter without support.

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

Cross curricular links

Biology.

Previous learning

Plans and arrangements.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Viewing personal peculiarities through Kazakh culture and customs from around the world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start a class with a song which promote interest among students.

 

 

 

 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IUQj0bcSKiQ

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.99. Reading for general understanding. Matching headings with paragraphs.

Answers:

1) d  2) a  3) c

Ex.2 p.99. Comprehension questions.

Answers:

1) James West, Studets Against Fast Food, 8 Dene Gardens, Halford HA3 8H8

2) Morrisey's Supermarket, High Street, Halford HA3 7RD

3) Dear Sir or Madam; Yours faithfully.

4) The plans to build a new fast food restaurant in the area.

Ex.3 p.99. Matching task.

Answers:

1) a  2) d  3) c  4) a 5) c

Ex.4 p.99. Sentence completion.

Ex 5 p.99. Writing guide.

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.69

Peer-assessment.

 

Criteria

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Organization

·    Accurately uses correct letter format (heading, greeting, introduction, body, closure, signature, enclosure, and copy)

·    Mostly uses correct letter format (heading, greeting, introduction, body, closure, signature, enclosure, and copy)

·   Some noticeable errors in use of correct letter format (heading, greeting, introduction, body, closure, signature, enclosure, and copy)

·    Several noticeable errors in use of correct letter format (heading, greeting, introduction, body, closure, signature, enclosure, and copy)

Content

·    Letter clearly states the purpose

·    Appropriate explanations or facts used to support the main idea

·    Easy to follow

·    Tone is appropriate for intended audience

·    Letter clearly states the purpose

·    Some explanations or facts used to support the main idea

·    Somewhat hard to follow

·    Tone is generally appropriate for intended audience

·    Purpose of letter is unclear

·    More explanations or facts need to be used to support the main idea

·    Hard to follow

·    Tone is too formal or too informal for intended audience

·    Purpose of letter is unclear

·    Main idea is not supported by explanations or facts

·    Letter rambles; hard to follow or understand

·    Tone is inappropriate for intended audience

Language Usage

·    Accurate use of punctuation and grammar

·    No spelling errors

·    One or two mistakes with punctuation or grammar

·    One or two spelling errors

·    More than two mistakes in punctuation or grammar

·    More than two spelling errors

·    Incorrect use throughout the letter of punctuation or grammar

·    Frequent spelling errors distract from letter

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.Make a clear plan of writing; Create a description. Check the written draft..

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience

·        uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·        writes an appropriate information.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 86

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: Food and drink.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE3  use a growing variety of compound adjectives and adjectives as participles and some comparative structures  including not as…as, much …than    to indicate degree on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply vocabulary related to cooking and food.

·        Use as, like, such, so, because.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Synthesize information from the text about Kazakh food records and use it as the basis for discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about Kazakh food.

 

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

 

Cross curricular links

Biology.

 

Previous learning

A formal letter.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Viewing personal peculiarities through Kazakh culture and customs from around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·                What traditional food do you like or don't like?

·                Describe how the food is prepared and eaten.

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.100. Conveying the meaning of new words. Reading for general understanding. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) false -The world's largest serving of beshbarmak weighed 736.5 kilograms.

2) false - The nomads didn't use cutlery-they ate beshbarmak with their hands.

3) true

4) false - The meat, vegetables and spices are boiled together, but the nooodles are cooked separately.

5) false - Baursaks are also popular in other countries in Central Asia and in the Middle East.

6) true

Ex.2 p.100. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) as.

2) like.

3) so, such a.

4) because, since as

Ex.3 p.100. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) as

2) because

3) so

4) like

5) Since

6) such

Ex.4 p.100. Writing practice.

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.4 p.100

Self-reflection.

Cinquain” is a five-line poem based on the content of the material under the study.

Line 1 – One-word title.

Line 2 – Two adjectives for describing that word.

Line 3 – Three verbs.

Line 4 – Four feeling words.

Line 5 – A synonym for the title word.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion;

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3. Apply the rule for compound adjectives and adjectives as participles in practice.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        recalls some events based on his/her own experience;

·        uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·        uses the learned rule and divides adjectives into the right columns.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 87

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: Science: The future of food.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S5  interact with peers to negotiate, agree and organise priorities and plans for completing classroom tasks

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R6  recognise the attitude or opinion of the writer on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Understand vocabulary connected to food production.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Understand a text about food production in the future.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Discuss the pros and cons of food production, and food culture.

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

Cross curricular links

Biology.

Previous learning

My country: Food and drink.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Viewing personal peculiarities through Kazakh culture and customs from around the world.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        How has the way we produce food changed over time? (e.g. the change from horses to tractors, the spreading of food types - potatoes form the Americas to Europe), the use of hybrids and fertilizers).

·        What types of food are produced in Kazakhstan and what is imported from other countries?

·                 What will happen in the future to Kazakhstan's climate, population and food production?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.101. Conveying the meaning of new words. Reading for general understanding. Text completion.

 

Ex.2 p.101. Listening for global information Checking comprehension.

Answers:

1) pastures

2) Agriculture

3) crops

4) greenhouses

5) soil

6) fertiliser

7) seeds

8) protein

 

Ex.3 p.101. Reading for specific understanding. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) false

2) true

3) false

4) don't know

5) don't know

6) true

7) false

8) false

 

Ex.4 p.101. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.4 p.101

Self-assessment.

Students express their attitude to the lesson and give self-assessment using the method: “Six thinking hats”:

·     Green: How can you use today's learning in different subjects?

·     Red: How do you feel about your work today?

·     White: What have you leant today?

·     Black: What were the weaknesses of your work?

·     Blue: How much progress have you made in this lesson? (Now I can, I still need to work on, I've improved in, Today I learnt... )

·     Yellow: What did you like about today's lesson?

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form;

2. Demonstrate the ability to participate in a conversation;

3. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

4. Identify the meaning and details of the reading texts.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        summaries the information on a global issue;

·        gives evaluation to the problem;

·     uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·     corrects sentences according to the information in the text.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 88

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 8.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         revise taught material.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         demonstrate learned vocabulary about food and drink with sure.

·        apply taught grammar in writing.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

 

Value links

Initiative and Responsibility.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

CLIL: Science: The future of food.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.102. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1) meeting

2) donation

3) campaign

4) organization

5) collection

6) ban

7) publicity

8) supporter

Ex.2 p.102. Blank-filling.

Answers:

1) look after

2) carry on

3) wipe out

4) sign up

5) join in

6) find out

Ex.3 p.102. Word formation activity.

Answers:

1) un  2) in  3) un  4) im  5) un  6) un  7) im  8) un

Ex.4 p.102. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) 'll

2) might

3) 're going to

4) might

5) will

6) will

7) are going to

8) will

Ex.5 p.102. Filling in gaps.

Answers:

1) are going to

2) 'm going to

3) 'll

4) 'll

5) are going to

6) is going to

7) 'll

8) 'll

Ex.6 p.102. Gap-filling.

1) Why don't

2) could

3) might help

4) Let's

5) will have to

6) much effect

7) how about

8) won't help

Ex.7 p.102. Listening for global information. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) False. Ted is making posters for a public meeting.

2) True.

3) True.

4) False. a lot of young people are against the power station.

5) False. Ann does want to join the campaign committee.

6) True.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.70

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     makes evaluation of classmates’ answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 90

 

Term 4 

Unit 8 "Food and drink"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Skills round-up 8.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C1 use speaking and listening skills to solve problems creatively and cooperatively in groups

8.W5  develop with support coherent arguments supported when necessary by examples and reasons for a growing range of written genres in familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand details in listening extract.

·         Use topic related vocabulary in their dialogues.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Create their own dialogues based on the given situations using some support and act.

·        Express their ideas in writing a formal letter with some support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         Create their own dialogues on the topic without support and act.

·        Express their ideas in writing a formal letter without support.

 

Value links

Having healthy eating habits.

 

Cross curricular links

Biology.

 

Previous learning

Review 8.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Viewing personal peculiarities through Kazakh culture and customs from around the world.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.103. Using pictures related to the text for discussion.

Answers:

1) The photos show students eating in a school canteen, a class with a lot of students, and bullying.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.103. Listening for global information. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Jenny, Steve and Joe talk about their school canteen serving unhealthy food.

Ex.3 p.31. Listening for specific information. Sentence completion.

Answers:

1) canteen

2) fresh

3) petition

4) meeting

5) sandwiches

6) Joe

7) Jenny

8) lunchtime

Ex.4-5 p.103. Speaking in a form of role-play.

Ex.6 p.103. Writing practice.

CD

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.71

Self-assessment.

How true are these? Circle the best number (3 = true, 2 = partly true, 1 = not true)

 

I enjoyed the writing task. Why/Why not?

   3

     2

     1

I answered all parts of the question

     3

     2

     1

I used paragraphs

     3

     2

     1

I used linking words

     3

     2

     1

I used a range of vocabulary and phrases

     3

     2

     1

I checked my spelling and punctuation

     3

     2

     1

I used the correct verb tenses

     3

     2

     1

What I did well: 

Something I think I need to work on next time: 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

·      Discuss a problem in groups and suggest a solution to a problem.

·      Evolve arguments, reasons, and evidence for a limited range of written genres.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     brainstorms ideas while speaking in a group.

·     writes a comment  including examples and reasons where necessary.

 

·    Observation

·    Feedback on the work

·    Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 91

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and language focus: School life: verbs.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·         Pronounce and name words to do with school life.

·         Recognize the form and use of should and must.

Most learners will be able to:

·         Do a questionnaire on attitudes to school.

Some learners will be able to:

·         Apply should and must to talk about obligation fluently.

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

Skills round-up 8.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Start thinking p.104. Answering questions.

1. What job do you want to do when you grow up?

2. What qualifications do you need to have in order to find a good job?

3. At what age do people usually begin to work in your country?

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.104. Conveying the meaning of new words. Table completion.

Answers:

Positive: make friends, get good marks, pass exams, get a qualification

Neutral: revise for a test, do your homework, take the exam, leave school.

Negative: play truant, cheat in exams, fail an exam, copy a friend's work. get a bad mark, bully, suspend, expel.

Ex.2 p.104. Completing questionnaire.

Ex.3 p.104. Asking and answering questions.

Ex.4 p.104. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) must

2) should

3) mustn't

4) shouldn't

a) must

b) should

c) mustn't

d) No

e) No

Ex.5 p.104. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) must  

2) should

3) mustn't  

4) shouldn't

5) must

6) should

Ex.7 p.104. Putting the words into context.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.72

Self-assessment.

Pair share

At the end of a lesson learners share with their partner:

·         Three new things they have learnt

·         What they found easy

·         What they found difficult

·         Something they would like to learn in the future.

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

·        uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·        completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 92

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Reading: Cheating.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R2  understand specific information and detail in texts on a growing range of familiar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Identify the meaning of the text about cheating in exams.

·        Understand some American English vocabulary.

·        Use key phrases for agreeing and disagreeing.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Synthesize information from the reading passage and use it as the basis for discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Express opinions about cheating at school.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

School life: verbs.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·      What does the word "cheat" mean?

·      What are the different ways in which people can cheat?

·      Try to guess what percentage of school students cheat in tests and exams.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.106. Reading for general understanding. Ticking off items.

Answers:

1, 2, 4, 5 and 7 are cheating.

1, 2, 4 and 5 are mentioned in the text.

Ex.2 p.106. Detailed reading. Text completion.

Answers:

1) b  2) a  3) e  4) f  5) c

Ex.3 p.106. Building word family tables.

Answers:

1) grades

2) cell phone

3) principal

Ex.4 p.106. Matching task.

Answers:

1)    petrol

2)    film

3)    rubbish

4)    motorway

5)    shop

6)    trousers

7)    biscuit

8)    pavement

9)    lorry

10)            sweet

Ex.5 p.106. Classifying phrases.

Answers:

I don't think that...

I disagree with that/you.

I don't think so.

I'm not sure about that.

That's true, but ...

Ex.6 p.106. Speaking in a form of discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.76

Self-assessment.

Картинки по запросу handFive”. Children draw a picture of their hand and write the most important things about the lesson on each finger. The thumb - something interesting, the index finger - something difficult, the middle one - something that was not enough, the ring finger - the mood, the little finger - the suggestions.

·          

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences

2. Identify particular information and details in reading passage.

 

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking

·    completes sentences with right phrases.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 93

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Have to and don't have to. 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        identify the form and use of have to and don't have to to talk about things that are necessary or nor necessary.

Most learners will be able to:

·        produce the sentences with have to and don't have to.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply have to and don't have to in speech fluently.

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

Cheating.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of modal verbs in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.107. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) have to

2) have to

3) don't have to

Rules

1) have to

2) don't have to

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.107. Putting the words in order.

Answers:

1) Do we have to walk to school?

2) Does the teacher have to prepare lessons?

3) Don't they have to wear a uniform?

4) Doesn't Zhomart have to study?

5) Does he have to see the head teacher?

6) Do you have to go home?

Ex.3 p.107. Listening for specific information. Ticking off items. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Answers:

1)٧  Laura has to walk to school/  

2) ٧ Laura has to wear a uniform.

3) Laura doesn't have to eat at the canteen.

4) ٧ Laura has to do her homework before she goes out.

5) Laura doesn't have to help make dinner every evening.

6) Laura doesn't have to stay at home on school days.

Ex.4 p.107. Putting the words into context (writing sentences). Speaking in a form of interview.

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.73

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly;

2. Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    selects useful information and plans the answer;

·    completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

Short term plan 94

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Vocabulary and listening: School life: nouns. 

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.L2 understand with little or no support most specific information in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.L5 recognise the opinion of the speaker(s) with little or no support in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S3 give an opinion at discourse level on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         recognize and use nouns relating to school life.

·        identify the meaning of an interview with three teenagers talking about their schools. 

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        synthesize information from the interview and use it as the basis for discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         discuss opinions about different kinds of school.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Have to and don't have to.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        What kind of school do you go to?

·        Are there other kinds of school in your country?

·        What are the advantages of the school you go to, and also what are the disadvantages?

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.108. Table completion. Answering questions.

Answers:

Types of school: mixed school, single-sex school. state school. private school. primary school, secondary school. boarding school.

Other collocations: school-leaving age, school uniform, school rules, school holidays, school subjects, school-leaving exams.

Ex.2 p.108. Listening for global information. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

1) boarding school

2) secondary school

3) single-sex school

4) state school

Ex.3 p.108. Listening for specific information. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) True

2) False

3) True

Ex.4 p.108. Listening for specific information. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1) c  2) a  3) b  4) b  5) c

Ex.5 p.108. Speaking in a form of discussion.

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.66

Self-assessment.

Students attach their boat in the appropriate area of the map that reflects their emotions and mood after the lesson.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Identify facts and details in extended talks with little support.

2. Provide a point of view in conversations and discussions.

3. Identify the position of speakers in an extended talk with some support.

4. Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·      identifies sentences as True and False.

·      presents his/her information to the class.

·      identifies the author’s point of view and circles the correct answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 95

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

Should, must and have to.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.UE13  use a growing variety of modal forms for different functions: obligation, necessity, possibility, permission, requests, suggestions, prohibition on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        differentiate should, must and have to. 

Most learners will be able to:

·        produce the sentences with should, must and have to to make recommendations and talk about school.

Some learners will be able to:

·        apply should, must and have to in speech fluently.

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

School life: nouns. 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Comparison of modal verbs in English, Russian and Kazakh languages.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.109 Recognition exercise.

1) should

2) has to

3) have to

4) must study

5) mustn't

6) don't have to

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.109. Odd one out.

Answers:

1) have to

2) mustn't

3) have to

4) don't have to

5) mustn't

6) have to

7) don't have to

8) have to

9) must

10) shouldn't

Ex.3 p.109. Putting the words into context (writing sentences).

Ex.4 p.109. Sentence completion.

Ex.5 p.109. Creative exercise.

Ex.6 p.109. Putting the words into context (writing sentences). Comparison schools using Venn diagram.  

Extra task. Writing practice.

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.75

Self-assessment.

How well do I understand?

4 - I can do this and explain it to someone else.

3 - I understand and can do this by myself.

2 - I need more practice.

1 - I don't understand this yet.

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking;

2. Apply modal verbs for different purposes.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·    concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience;

·    completes sentences using modal verbs.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 96

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Speaking: Asking for and giving advice.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C6 organise and present information clearly to others

8.L1 understand with little or no support the main points in extended talk on a wide range of general and curricular topics

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand a dialogue in which people ask for and give advice.

·        Recognize key phrases for asking for and giving advice.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Ask for and give advice with some support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Create and act out their own dialogues on the topic.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Should, must and have to.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Ex.1 p.110. Picture description.

Answers:

Adam is reading a text message on his mobile.

 

Main Activities

Ex.2 p.110. Gist listening. Checking comprehension.

Answers:

Lucy advises Adam to not get angry, talk to his parents and to explain why he thinks coding would be more useful.

Ex.3 p.110. Completion drill. Role-play.

Answers:

1) matter

2) should

3) do

4) for

5) you

6) sure

Ex.4 p.110. Matching task.

Answers:

1) d

2) b

3) g

4) c

5) e

6) a

Ex.5 p.110. Listening for global understanding.

Answers:

1) matter

2) don't, talk

3) do

4) Whatever, don't

5) I, show, teacher

Ex.6 p.110. Creative exercise (Extension).

Ex.7 p.110. Speaking in a form of a dialogue.

CD

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.7 p.110

Peer-assessment.

Rubric

 

Category

Excellent

4 pts

Good
3 pts

Fair
2 pts

Poor

1 pts

Fluency 

Author demonstrates normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates adequate normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates some normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Author demonstrates little normal pace, not too fast, not to slow. 

Spelling and Grammar 

There are no spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 1-2 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are 3-4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

There are more than 4 spelling, punctuation, or grammar errors. 

Presentation/

Memorization 

Dialogue is well organized and flows like a natural conversation.

Dialogue is fairly well organized and mostly flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is slightly confusing and somewhat flows like a natural conversation. 

Dialogue is hard to follow and doesn't flow like a natural conversation. 

Pronunciation/

Expression 

No pronunciation errors are noted.
Conversation is recited with appropriate expression. 

There are 1-2 errors in pronunciation. Conversation is recited with mostly appropriate expression. 

There are 3-4 pronunciation errors. Conversation is recited with somewhat appropriate expression. 

There are 5 or more pronunciation errors.
Appropriate expression not used. 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Demonstrate an ability to organize and express ideas clearly.

2. Identify the main idea in extended talks with little support.

3.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·  selects useful information and plans the answer.

·  selects an appropriate answer.

·      uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 97

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Writing: An opinion essay.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C7 develop and sustain a consistent argument when speaking or writing

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1  understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

8.W1 plan, write, edit and proofread work at text level with little support on a range of general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Understand the general writing structure of a model opinion essay.

·        Use key phrases for an opinion essay.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Write an opinion essay with some support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Write an opinion essay building extensive sentences.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Asking for and giving advice.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·         Are you in favour of school uniforms?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.111. Reading for general understanding. Answering questions.

Answers:

1) The writer gives four arguments in favour of school uniforms.

2) § 3

3) School uniforms are compulsory at the writer's school, but at most schools in the same area they are not.

4) They like to choose their own clothes.

Ex.2 p.111. Classifying phrases.

Answers:

All in all, ... / In conclusion, ...

Ex.3 p.111. Writing practice.

Ex.4 p.111. Writing guide.

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.77

Peer-assessment.Картинки по запросу smilies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your text is interesting to read

 

 

 

Your text is well structured

 

 

 

Your English sounds fluent. You vary your sentences in length and structure

 

 

 

You know a lot of words

 

 

 

You spell the words right

 

 

 

Your text is grammatically correct and your sentences make sense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1. Make an argument and evolve reasoning while speaking.

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

3. Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics.

4.Make a clear plan of writing; Write a text; Check the written draft

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·  concludes ideas and arguments based on own experience.

·  uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·  writes a letter with introduction, main body and conclusion

·  includes examples and reasons where necessary.

 

Observation

Feedback on the work

Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 98

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

My country: The world of work.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

8.S7  use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.UE17 use if / unless/ if only in second conditional clauses and wish [that] clauses [present reference]; use a growing variety of relative clauses including why clauses on a range of familiar general and curricular topics

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·        Apply vocabulary related to jobs.

·        Use I wish and Of only to take about wishes and regrets.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Synthesize information from the text about "The world of work" and use it as the basis for discussion.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Discuss and give their opinions about the advantages of different jobs.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

An opinion essay.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        Which jobs in Kazakhstan are the most popular, the best paid, the most interesting, and the most common.

·        Which job do you think you would do?

·        Which jobs do members of your families do?

 

 

 

 

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.112. Matching task. Listening for general understanding.

Answers:

Arslan - waiter, Zhibek - artist, Nursultan - doctor.

Ex.2 p.112. Listening for specific information. Matching people and opinions.

Answers:

1) Zhibek

2) Arslan

3) Arslan

4) Nursultan

5) Zhibek

Ex.3 p.112. Recognition exercise.

Answers:

1) present, were

2) present or future, if not

Ex.4 p.112. Filling in blanks.

Answers:

1) could

2) had

3) didn't

4) unless

5) was/were

6) if

Ex.5 p.112. Speaking in form of discussion.

 

CD

 

 

 

CD

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.5 p.112

Self-reflection.

Cinquain” is a five-line poem based on the content of the material under the study.

Line 1 – One-word title.

Line 2 – Two adjectives for describing that word.

Line 3 – Three verbs.

Line 4 – Four feeling words.

Line 5 – A synonym for the title word.

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form;

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences.

3.Differentiate between if/unless in first conditional clauses.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        summaries the information on a global issue;

·        uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·        make up sentences with the first conditional.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 99

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

Theme of the lesson:

CLIL: History: Child labour in Victorian Britain.

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C8 develop intercultural awareness through reading and discussion

8.S7 use appropriate subject-specific vocabulary and syntax to talk about a  range of general  topics, and some curricular topics

8.R1 understand the main points in texts on a growing range of unfamiliar general and curricular topics, including some extended texts

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

·        Understand world building using verbs and nouns.

Most learners will be able to:

·        Understand a text about child labour.

Some learners will be able to:

·        Discuss child labour laws in Kazakhstan.  

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

Previous learning

The world of work.

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

Health and Safety

Breaks and physical activities used.

Plan

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up. Free talk.

·        Have you ever done or want to do a part-time job after school or at the weekend?

·        What the favourite types of part-time jobs are popular with young people in Kazakhstan?

·        What sort of  job do you want to do when you are adults?

·        What jobs wouldn't you definitely want to do?

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.113. Conveying the meaning of new words. Text completion.

Ex.2 p.113. Listening for global information Checking comprehension.

Answers:

1) restrict -  restriction

2) exploit - exploitation

3) prohibit - prohibition

4) require - requirement

5) treat - treatment

6) employ - employment

Ex.3 p.113. Reading for specific understanding. True/false statements.

Answers:

1) true

2) false

3) true

4) don't know

5) false

6) true

Ex.4 p.113. Answering questions.

 

 

CD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. SB ex.4 p.101

Self-assessment.

Students express their attitude to the lesson and give self-assessment using the method: “Six thinking hats”:

·     Green: How can you use today's learning in different subjects?

·     Red: How do you feel about your work today?

·     White: What have you leant today?

·     Black: What were the weaknesses of your work?

·     Blue: How much progress have you made in this lesson? (Now I can, I still need to work on, I've improved in, Today I learnt... )

·     Yellow: What did you like about today's lesson?

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

Additional information

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

1.Raise awareness about cultural diversity through reading and discussion.

2.Apply topic related vocabulary in speech appropriately arranging words and phrases into well-formed sentences;

3. Identify the main idea of text on unfamiliar and curricular topics.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·   recalls some events based on his/her own experience.

·   uses appropriate subject-specific vocabulary while speaking.

·   writes a letter with introduction, main body and conclusion

 

Observation

Feedback on the work

Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 100

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Review 9.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C5 use feedback to set personal learning objectives

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         revise taught material.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·         demonstrate learned vocabulary about the world of work with sure.

·        apply taught grammar in writing.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·         use taught vocabulary and grammar with accuracy.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

CLIL: History: Child labour in Victorian Britain.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Health and Safety

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.114. Completion drill.

Answers:

1)    bully

2)     cheat

3)     pass

4)    copy

5)    leave

6)     make

7)     get

8)     suspend

Ex.2 p.114. Word and meaning matching.

Answers:

1)    school uniform

2)    primary school

3)    secondary school

4)    boarding school

5)    mixed school

6)    single-sex school

7)    school rules

8)    state school

Ex.3 p.114. Putting the words into context.

Answers:

1)   I have to/don't have to make dinner.

2)   My parents have to / don't have to get up at 7 a.m.

3)   My best friend has to / doesn't have to leave home early.

4)   My dad has to / doesn't have to drive to work.

5)   I have to / don't have to learn Russian?

6)   My friends and I have to / don't have to help at home.

7)   I have to / don't have to wear a school uniform.

8)   Our teacher has to / doesn't have to correct our tests.

Ex.4 p.114. Asking and answering questions.

Answers:

1)   Do you have to make dinner? Yes, I do. / No, I don't.

2)   Do your parents have to get up at 7 a.m.? Yes, they do. / No, they don't.

3)   Does your best friend have to leave home early? Yes, he / she does. / No, he / she doesn't.

4)   Does your dad have to drive to work? Yes, he does. / No, he doesn't.

5)   Do you have to learn Russian? Yes, I do./No, I don't.

6)   Do you and your friends have to help at home? Yes, we do. / No, we don't.

7)   Do you have to wear a school uniform? Yes, I do. / No, I don't.

8)   Does our teacher have to correct our tests? Yes, he / she does. / No, he/she doesn't.

Ex.5 p.114. Odd one out.

Answers:

1)    shouldn't

2)     doesn't have to

3)     mustn't

4)    have to

5)     must

6)     mustn't

Ex.6 p.114. Answering multiple-choice questions.

Answers:

1c 2c 3b 4a 5b 6c

Ex.7 p.114. Listening for global information. Matching speakers.

Answers:

Speaker 1 с

Speaker 2 a

Speaker 3 e

Speaker 4d

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CD

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.78

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Consider classmates' advice and set personal learning objectives based on their feedback.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·     makes evaluation of classmates’ answers.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Peer-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term plan 102

 

Term 4 

Unit 9 "The world of work"

School:

 

Date: ___. ___.2019

Teacher’s name:

 

 

Grade 8 __

Number present:

Number absent:

 

Theme of the lesson:

Project: A survey.

 

Learning objectives(s) that this lesson is contributing to

8.C10 use talk or writing as a means of reflecting on and exploring a range of perspectives on the world

 

Lesson objectives

All learners will be able to:

 

·         Understand a survey about school life.

 

Most learners will be able to:

 

·        Plan, write and edit a survey about school life with minimal support.

 

Some learners will be able to:

 

·        Plan, write and edit a survey about school life without support.

 

Value links

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Cross curricular links

Social studies.

 

Previous learning

Review 9.

 

Use of ICT

Smart board for showing a presentation, getting additional information, playing the audio files.

 

Intercultural awareness

Students will be able to differentiate common jobs in Kazakhstan and other cultures.

 

Health and Safety

Students will be able to understand that every work is important and worthy.

 

Plan

 

Planned timings

Planned activities

Resources

Beginning the lesson

The lesson greeting.

The teacher sets the lesson objectives, letting students know what to anticipate from the lesson.

Warm up.

Then to create a positive learning environment the teachers asks students to start the lesson giving each other compliments about appearance, job performance, talent, etc. and also practice accepting compliments.

 

Main Activities

Ex.1 p.115. Skimming. Comparison answers using Venn diagram.

 

Ex.2 p.115. Writing guide.

 

Ex.3 p.115. Feedback on the project.

 

 

 

 

 

Ending the lesson

Giving the hometask. WB p.79

Peer-assessment.

Two stars and a wish.

·         You did a really good job on ...

·         I really like how you ...

·         Maybe you could ...

 

   End

1min

Feedback: Teacher asks students what task was difficult to them and which pair worked well.

 

 

Additional information

 

Differentiation –

how do you plan to give more support? How do you plan to challenge the more able learners?

Assessment –

how are you planning to check learners’ learning?

Critical thinking

 

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of learning materials and resources based on the individual abilities of learners.

Assessment criteria:

Consider different perspectives on the world orally or in a written form.

 

Descriptor:

A learner:

·        summaries the information on a global issue.

 

·      Observation

·      Feedback on the work

·      Self-assessment

Students think critically, exploring, developing, evaluating and making choices about their own and others’ ideas

 

 


 

Short term plan 1 Term 1

Short term plan 1 Term 1

Main Activities Ex.1 p.8

Main Activities Ex.1 p.8

Do you use a lot of toothpaste each year?

Do you use a lot of toothpaste each year?

Short term plan 2 Term 1

Short term plan 2 Term 1

Ex.3 p.10. Word formation activity

Ex.3 p.10. Word formation activity

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 3 Term 1

Short term plan 3 Term 1

Main Activities Ex.2 p.11

Main Activities Ex.2 p.11

Short term plan 4 Term 1

Short term plan 4 Term 1

Ex.2 p.12. Pair work. Asking and answering questions

Ex.2 p.12. Pair work. Asking and answering questions

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 6 Term 1

Short term plan 6 Term 1

Ex.3 p.13. Recognition exercise

Ex.3 p.13. Recognition exercise

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 7 Term 1

Short term plan 7 Term 1

Main Activities Ex.1 p.14

Main Activities Ex.1 p.14

Additional information

Additional information

Short term plan 8 Term 1

Short term plan 8 Term 1

Main Activities Ex.1 p.15

Main Activities Ex.1 p.15

Additional information

Additional information

Short term plan 9 Term 1

Short term plan 9 Term 1

Activities Ex.1 p.16. Conveying the meaning of new words

Activities Ex.1 p.16. Conveying the meaning of new words

Differentiation – how do you plan to give more support?

Differentiation – how do you plan to give more support?

Short term plan 10 Term 1

Short term plan 10 Term 1

Answers: 1) environment 2) solutions 3) recycles 4) community 5) facilities 6) save

Answers: 1) environment 2) solutions 3) recycles 4) community 5) facilities 6) save

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 12 Term 1

Short term plan 12 Term 1

Main Activities Ex.1 p.18. Substitution drill

Main Activities Ex.1 p.18. Substitution drill

Main Activities Ex.1 p.18

Main Activities Ex.1 p.18

Short term plan 1 3

Short term plan 1 3

Advantages: more choice, cheaper prices

Advantages: more choice, cheaper prices

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 14 Term 1

Short term plan 14 Term 1

World of Warcraft Serious symptoms : spends all night on the net, time- consuming, obsessive, hasn't slept, hasn't eaten, on the internet for 48 hours…

World of Warcraft Serious symptoms : spends all night on the net, time- consuming, obsessive, hasn't slept, hasn't eaten, on the internet for 48 hours…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 15 Term 1

Short term plan 15 Term 1

Regular: stay-stayed, design-designed, play-played, visit-visited

Regular: stay-stayed, design-designed, play-played, visit-visited

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 16 Term 1

Short term plan 16 Term 1

Main Activities Ex.1 p.24

Main Activities Ex.1 p.24

Short term plan 17 Term 1

Short term plan 17 Term 1

Answering questions. Answers: 1)

Answering questions. Answers: 1)

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 18 Term 1

Short term plan 18 Term 1

Activities Ex.1 p.26. Picture description

Activities Ex.1 p.26. Picture description

Ending the lesson Giving the hometask

Ending the lesson Giving the hometask

Short term plan 19 Term 1

Short term plan 19 Term 1

The writer goes online every day

The writer goes online every day

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Differentiation can be achieved through the selection of activities, identification of learning outcomes for a certain student, provision of individual support to learners, selection of…

Short term plan 20 Term 1

Short term plan 20 Term 1
Материалы на данной страницы взяты из открытых истончиков либо размещены пользователем в соответствии с договором-офертой сайта. Вы можете сообщить о нарушении.
23.09.2019